1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
25 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
26 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
27 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
28 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
29 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
30 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
31 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
32 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
34 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
36 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
37 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
39 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
41 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
42 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
44 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
45 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
46 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
49 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
51 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
52 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
53 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
56 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
57 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
59 % redefine the greyed out note
60 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
61 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
63 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
68 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
78 \pdf_store_options false
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Standard
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
127 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
139 \begin_layout Standard
140 \begin_inset Note Note
143 \begin_layout Standard
144 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
151 \begin_layout Standard
152 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
160 \begin_layout Standard
161 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
168 \begin_layout Chapter
172 \begin_layout Section
176 \begin_layout Standard
177 LyX is a document preparation system.
178 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
179 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
180 It is unlike most other
181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
188 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
190 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
207 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
211 \begin_layout Standard
212 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
229 \begin_layout Standard
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
242 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
243 the format of all of the manuals.
244 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
245 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
262 \begin_layout Section
266 \begin_layout Standard
267 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
269 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
270 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
272 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
291 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
294 \begin_layout Standard
295 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
296 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
297 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
299 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
300 only a vertical scrollbar.
301 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
302 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
303 This, however, is due
304 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
305 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
306 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
307 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
309 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
310 this doesn't work for equations yet.
313 \begin_layout Standard
314 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
315 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
317 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
318 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
323 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
324 ing sections of this documentation.
327 \begin_layout Section
331 \begin_layout Standard
332 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
337 of the manuals from inside LyX.
338 Just select the manual you want read from the
345 \begin_layout Section
347 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
348 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
355 \begin_layout Standard
356 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
357 without resorting to configuration files.
358 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
359 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
360 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
363 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
371 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
372 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
373 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
374 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
376 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
380 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
381 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
385 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
388 \begin_layout Section
390 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
391 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
398 \begin_layout Standard
399 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
400 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
408 \begin_layout Standard
420 that will be created when using the menu
422 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
427 \begin_layout Standard
438 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
439 \begin_inset Note Note
442 \begin_layout Standard
443 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
451 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
452 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
454 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
459 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
461 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
462 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
472 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
473 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
480 \begin_layout Chapter
484 \begin_layout Section
485 Basic File Operations
486 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
487 name "File Operations"
494 \begin_layout Standard
499 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
503 \begin_layout Itemize
509 \begin_layout Itemize
521 \begin_layout Itemize
527 \begin_layout Itemize
533 \begin_layout Itemize
539 \begin_layout Itemize
546 \begin_layout Itemize
554 \begin_layout Itemize
561 \begin_layout Itemize
567 \begin_layout Itemize
573 \begin_layout Itemize
579 \begin_layout Itemize
585 \begin_layout Standard
586 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
587 a few minor differences.
590 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
599 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
600 you for a template to use.
601 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
602 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
603 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
604 (see section\InsetSpace ~
606 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
607 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
614 \begin_layout Standard
616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
639 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
640 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
643 \begin_layout Standard
655 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
659 \begin_layout Standard
660 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
679 will reload the document from disk.
680 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
681 and want to restore it to the last save.
687 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
688 can identify this as your changes.
691 \begin_layout Section
692 Basic Editing Features
693 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
699 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
700 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
707 \begin_layout Standard
708 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
709 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
710 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
711 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
713 We'll start with cut and paste.
716 \begin_layout Standard
717 As you might expect, the
721 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
722 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
726 \begin_layout Itemize
732 \begin_layout Itemize
738 \begin_layout Itemize
744 \begin_layout Itemize
751 \begin_layout Itemize
758 \begin_layout Itemize
766 \begin_layout Standard
767 The first three are self-explanatory.
768 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
769 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
778 keys also functions as the
783 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
784 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
789 to get back the lost text.
792 \begin_layout Standard
793 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
798 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
804 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
807 \begin_layout Standard
810 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
812 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
814 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
817 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
823 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
829 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
830 will start a new paragraph.
833 \begin_layout Standard
834 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
840 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
847 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
859 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
864 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
875 button to skip the current word.
881 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
887 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
889 If the toggle is set, searching for
890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
901 will not match the word
902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
916 Match whole words only
918 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
946 \begin_layout Section
948 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
954 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
960 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
961 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
970 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
973 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
976 to undo some mistake.
977 If you accidentally undo too much, use
979 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
990 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
995 \begin_layout Standard
996 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
997 it was last saved, the
998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1005 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1006 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1009 \begin_layout Standard
1018 work on almost everything in LyX.
1019 They have some quirks, too.
1028 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1029 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1037 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1038 surely appreciate how it works.
1041 \begin_layout Section
1043 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1044 name "Mouse Operations"
1051 \begin_layout Standard
1052 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1055 \begin_layout Enumerate
1060 \begin_layout Itemize
1065 once anywhere in the edit window.
1066 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1070 \begin_layout Enumerate
1075 \begin_layout Itemize
1081 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1084 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1087 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1090 \begin_layout Itemize
1091 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1093 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1100 \begin_layout Enumerate
1101 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1105 \begin_layout Standard
1110 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1111 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1112 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1116 \begin_layout Enumerate
1121 \begin_layout Standard
1126 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1131 \begin_layout Section
1133 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1134 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1139 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1147 \begin_layout Standard
1148 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1149 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1151 LyX's default is CUA.
1154 \begin_layout Standard
1181 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1185 \begin_layout Labeling
1186 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1190 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1192 description "Tabulator key"
1198 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1199 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1201 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1202 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1207 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1208 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1212 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1214 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1215 reference "sub:Lists"
1221 If you're still confused, look in the
1228 \begin_layout Labeling
1229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1233 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1235 description "Escape key"
1242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1249 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1250 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1253 \begin_layout Labeling
1254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1265 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1266 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1270 \begin_layout Standard
1271 There are three modifier keys:
1274 \begin_layout Labeling
1275 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1293 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1295 description "Control key"
1299 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1300 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1304 \begin_layout Itemize
1313 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1316 \begin_layout Itemize
1325 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1328 \begin_layout Itemize
1337 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1341 \begin_layout Labeling
1342 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1360 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1362 description "Shift key"
1366 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1367 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1370 \begin_layout Labeling
1371 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1389 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1391 description "Meta or Alt key"
1395 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1396 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1397 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1403 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1405 menu accelerator keys
1408 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1409 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1413 \begin_layout Standard
1414 For example, the sequence
1415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1466 \begin_layout Standard
1467 There are also other things bound to the
1471 key, but you'll have to check in the
1483 \begin_layout Standard
1484 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1485 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1486 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1487 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1488 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1489 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1490 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1506 followed by a capital
1512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1530 \begin_layout Chapter
1532 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1540 \begin_layout Section
1542 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1543 name "Document ! Types"
1550 \begin_layout Subsection
1554 \begin_layout Standard
1555 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1556 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1557 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1558 numbering schemes, and so on.
1559 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1560 and format the title of your document differently.
1563 \begin_layout Standard
1568 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1569 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1570 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1571 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1572 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1575 \begin_layout Standard
1576 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1577 how to adjust their properties.
1580 \begin_layout Subsection
1582 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1583 name "Document ! Classes"
1588 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1589 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1596 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1600 \begin_layout Standard
1601 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1605 \begin_layout Description
1606 Article for basic articles
1609 \begin_layout Description
1610 Report for basic reports
1613 \begin_layout Description
1614 Book for writing a book
1617 \begin_layout Description
1618 Letter for US-style letters
1621 \begin_layout Standard
1622 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1624 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1625 can be found in chapter
1627 Special Document Classes
1636 \begin_layout Description
1637 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1640 \begin_layout Description
1647 \begin_layout Standard
1656 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1660 \begin_layout Description
1661 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1662 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1663 There are three article layouts available.
1664 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1665 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1666 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1667 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1672 sequential numbering
1673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1676 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1677 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1678 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1679 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1682 \begin_layout Description
1683 Beamer Layout for presentations
1686 \begin_layout Description
1687 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1688 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1692 \begin_layout Description
1693 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1694 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1697 \begin_layout Description
1698 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1701 \begin_layout Description
1704 Die TeXnische Komödie
1706 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1709 \begin_layout Description
1710 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1713 \begin_layout Description
1714 Foils Used to make transparencies
1717 \begin_layout Description
1718 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1721 \begin_layout Description
1722 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1723 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1727 \begin_layout Description
1728 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1729 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1732 \begin_layout Description
1733 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1736 \begin_layout Description
1737 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1740 \begin_layout Description
1741 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1742 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1745 \begin_layout Description
1746 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1749 \begin_layout Description
1754 LaTeX document class
1757 \begin_layout Description
1758 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1761 \begin_layout Description
1766 \begin_layout Standard
1773 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1774 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1776 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1779 \begin_layout Description
1780 Slides Used to make transparencies
1783 \begin_layout Description
1785 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1786 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1789 \begin_layout Description
1790 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1793 \begin_layout Description
1798 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1802 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1804 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1809 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1810 of the document classes.
1813 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1817 \begin_layout Standard
1818 You can select a class using the
1820 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1822 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1823 name "Document ! Settings"
1830 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1839 Each class has a default set of options.
1840 Here's a quick table describing them:
1843 \begin_layout Standard
1844 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1850 \begin_layout Standard
1852 \begin_inset Tabular
1853 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1856 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1860 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1864 \begin_layout Standard
1870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1873 \begin_layout Standard
1888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1891 \begin_layout Standard
1906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1909 \begin_layout Standard
1924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1927 \begin_layout Standard
1943 <row topline="true">
1944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1947 \begin_layout Standard
1961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1964 \begin_layout Standard
1979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1982 \begin_layout Standard
1997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2000 \begin_layout Standard
2015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2018 \begin_layout Standard
2034 <row topline="true">
2035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2038 \begin_layout Standard
2052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2055 \begin_layout Standard
2070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2073 \begin_layout Standard
2088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2091 \begin_layout Standard
2106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2109 \begin_layout Standard
2125 <row topline="true">
2126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2129 \begin_layout Standard
2143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2146 \begin_layout Standard
2161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2164 \begin_layout Standard
2179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2182 \begin_layout Standard
2197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2200 \begin_layout Standard
2216 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2220 \begin_layout Standard
2234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2237 \begin_layout Standard
2252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2255 \begin_layout Standard
2270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2273 \begin_layout Standard
2288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2291 \begin_layout Standard
2313 \begin_layout Standard
2314 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2320 \begin_layout Standard
2321 You're probably also wondering what
2322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2331 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2332 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2337 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2342 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2352 headings, there are also
2360 headings, and so on.
2361 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2363 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2364 reference "sub:Headings"
2371 \begin_layout Subsection
2373 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2374 name "Document ! Layout"
2379 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2380 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2387 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2388 name "Document ! Settings"
2395 \begin_layout Standard
2396 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2398 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2408 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2411 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2413 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2414 to use for your document.
2415 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2419 \begin_layout Standard
2420 You can augment your document class by selecting from among the layout modules
2421 that also appear on this pane.
2422 Highlighting a module will display a brief description of what it does.
2423 There is, for example, a URL module that adds a URL character style (see
2425 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2426 reference "sub:Character-Styles"
2430 ), and there are several theorem modules that can add theorem environments,
2431 like those already present in the AMS classes, to standard classes like
2437 Note, however, that not all modules are compatible with all layouts.
2438 The theorem modules, for example, should
2442 be used with the AMS classes, since these already have their own theorem
2443 declarations; and no more than one of the theorem modules should be used
2448 \begin_layout Standard
2449 For information on creating your own modules---which can be used, for example,
2450 to store a set of character styles you like to use with different documents---s
2452 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2453 reference "sec:Layouts"
2470 \begin_layout Standard
2480 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2481 You can choose between the following five options:
2484 \begin_layout Labeling
2485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2490 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2493 \begin_layout Labeling
2494 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2499 No page numbers or headings.
2502 \begin_layout Labeling
2503 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2511 \begin_layout Labeling
2512 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2517 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2518 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2519 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2522 \begin_layout Labeling
2523 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2528 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2532 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2533 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2540 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2541 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2543 Check the documentation for the
2547 package for more details,
2548 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2556 \begin_layout Standard
2561 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2563 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2564 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2571 \begin_layout Subsection
2572 Paper Size and Orientation
2573 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2574 name "Document ! Paper size"
2579 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2580 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2587 \begin_layout Standard
2588 You'll find the following options in the menu
2593 of the dialog of the
2595 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2601 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2602 name "Document ! Settings"
2609 \begin_layout Labeling
2610 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2615 What size paper to print on.
2619 \begin_layout Itemize
2625 \begin_layout Itemize
2635 \begin_layout Itemize
2641 \begin_layout Itemize
2647 \begin_layout Itemize
2653 \begin_layout Itemize
2659 \begin_layout Itemize
2665 \begin_layout Labeling
2666 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2671 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2682 \begin_layout Labeling
2683 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2686 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2689 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2690 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2693 \begin_layout Subsection
2695 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2696 name "Document ! Margins"
2701 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2707 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2715 \begin_layout Standard
2716 Paper margins are set in the menu
2718 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2724 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2725 name "Document ! Settings"
2732 \begin_layout Standard
2733 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2734 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2735 the paper format and the font size into account.
2738 \begin_layout Subsection
2742 \begin_layout Standard
2743 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2748 That includes the paragraph environments.
2749 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2750 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2751 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2752 paragraph environments to
2756 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2757 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2758 the conversion and why it failed.
2761 \begin_layout Section
2762 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2763 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2764 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2771 \begin_layout Subsection
2773 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2774 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2781 \begin_layout Standard
2782 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2783 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2786 \begin_layout Standard
2787 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2788 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2789 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2790 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2794 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2800 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2801 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2802 language than English.
2803 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2806 \begin_layout Standard
2807 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2808 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2810 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2811 LyX takes care of that.
2812 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2814 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2815 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2816 of a page, and so on.
2820 \begin_layout Standard
2821 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2826 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2827 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2831 of these pre-coded spacings.
2832 We'll explain more later.
2835 \begin_layout Subsection
2836 Paragraph Separation
2837 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2838 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2845 \begin_layout Standard
2846 To separate paragraphs, select
2861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2863 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2864 name "Document ! Settings"
2870 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2871 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2872 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2875 \begin_layout Standard
2885 \begin_layout Standard
2886 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2888 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2889 reference "cap:Units"
2894 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2898 \begin_layout Subsection
2902 \begin_layout Standard
2903 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2906 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2907 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2910 dialog and toggle the
2915 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2916 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2917 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2921 \begin_layout Standard
2922 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2923 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2926 \begin_layout Subsection
2928 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2929 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2936 \begin_layout Standard
2939 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2941 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2942 name "Document ! Settings"
2948 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2957 \begin_layout Standard
2958 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2961 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2962 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2968 installed to use this feature.
2976 \begin_layout Section
2977 Paragraph Environments
2978 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2979 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2984 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2985 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2990 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2991 name "Paragraph environments|("
2998 \begin_layout Subsection
3002 \begin_layout Standard
3003 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3006 \begin_layout Standard
3026 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3027 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3028 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3037 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3040 \begin_layout Standard
3041 A paragraph environment is simply a
3042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3049 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3050 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3051 scheme, labels, and so on.
3052 Additionally, you can
3053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3060 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3061 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3062 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3063 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3064 days of typewriters.
3065 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3067 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3070 \begin_layout Standard
3071 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3073 LyX will change the environment of the
3077 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3078 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3079 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3083 \begin_layout Standard
3092 create a new paragraph using the
3096 paragraph environment.
3098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3105 because if you are in one of these environments:
3108 \begin_layout Itemize
3114 \begin_layout Itemize
3120 \begin_layout Itemize
3126 \begin_layout Itemize
3132 \begin_layout Itemize
3138 \begin_layout Itemize
3144 \begin_layout Itemize
3150 \begin_layout Standard
3151 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3155 , rather than resetting it to
3160 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3161 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3162 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3164 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3165 reference "sec:Nesting"
3170 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3175 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3176 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3184 \begin_layout Subsection
3188 \begin_layout Standard
3189 The default paragraph environment is
3194 It creates a plain paragraph.
3195 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3196 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3197 this manual) are in the
3204 \begin_layout Standard
3205 You can nest a paragraph using the
3209 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3217 \begin_layout Subsection
3219 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3220 name "Document !Title"
3227 \begin_layout Standard
3228 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3237 for thanks or contact information.
3238 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3239 page along with today's date.
3240 For other types of documents, the title
3241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3248 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3252 \begin_layout Standard
3253 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3267 Here's how you use them:
3270 \begin_layout Itemize
3271 Put the title of your document in the
3278 \begin_layout Itemize
3279 Put the author name in the
3286 \begin_layout Itemize
3287 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3288 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3294 Note that using this environment is optional.
3295 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3296 If you don't want any date, add the line
3306 to the preamble of your document (menu
3308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3314 \begin_layout Standard
3315 You can use footnotes to insert
3316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3323 or contact informations.
3326 \begin_layout Subsection
3328 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3329 name "Section headings"
3334 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3342 \begin_layout Standard
3343 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3344 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3347 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3349 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3350 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3357 \begin_layout Standard
3358 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3362 \begin_layout Enumerate
3368 \begin_layout Enumerate
3374 \begin_layout Enumerate
3380 \begin_layout Enumerate
3386 \begin_layout Enumerate
3392 \begin_layout Enumerate
3398 \begin_layout Enumerate
3404 \begin_layout Standard
3405 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3406 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3407 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3410 \begin_layout Standard
3411 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3412 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3413 You group the book into chapters.
3414 LyX does similar grouping:
3417 \begin_layout Itemize
3422 is divided in either
3431 \begin_layout Itemize
3443 \begin_layout Itemize
3455 \begin_layout Itemize
3467 \begin_layout Itemize
3479 \begin_layout Itemize
3491 \begin_layout Standard
3492 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3495 \begin_layout Standard
3500 Not all document types use the
3504 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3509 is the top-level heading.
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3522 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3523 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3525 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3537 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3540 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3547 \begin_layout Standard
3548 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3552 \begin_layout Enumerate
3558 \begin_layout Enumerate
3564 \begin_layout Enumerate
3570 \begin_layout Enumerate
3576 \begin_layout Enumerate
3582 \begin_layout Standard
3584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3591 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3592 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3593 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3595 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3603 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3604 Changing the Numbering
3605 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3606 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3613 \begin_layout Standard
3614 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3615 in the Table of Contents.
3616 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3618 Certain classes start with
3632 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3642 This is something you can change.
3645 \begin_layout Standard
3648 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3654 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3655 name "Document ! Settings"
3663 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3667 you'll see two counters.
3672 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3674 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3678 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3679 Short Titles of Headings
3680 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3681 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3689 \begin_layout Standard
3696 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3697 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3704 \begin_layout Standard
3705 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3706 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3707 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3708 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3711 \begin_layout Standard
3712 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3713 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3714 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3715 To specify a short title, use the menu
3717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3722 This will insert a box labeled
3723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3738 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3739 This also works for captions inside floats.
3742 \begin_layout Standard
3743 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3746 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3750 \begin_layout Standard
3751 The following information applies to all section headings:
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3755 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3758 \begin_layout Itemize
3759 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3762 \begin_layout Itemize
3763 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3766 \begin_layout Itemize
3767 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3770 \begin_layout Subsection
3771 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3774 \begin_layout Standard
3775 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3789 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3790 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3791 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3792 the text they contain.
3793 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3801 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3804 \begin_layout Standard
3805 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3814 when you start a new paragraph.
3815 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3819 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3820 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3821 to change back to the
3825 environment yourself.
3828 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3838 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3844 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3852 \begin_layout Standard
3853 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3854 time for the differences.
3863 are identical except for one difference:
3867 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3876 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3879 \begin_layout Standard
3880 Here's an example of the
3893 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3895 See -- no indentation!
3899 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3900 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3901 the other paragraph.
3904 \begin_layout Standard
3905 Here's another example, this time in the
3912 \begin_layout Quotation
3918 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3919 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3920 the first line, then
3924 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3928 you were quoting other text.
3931 \begin_layout Quotation
3932 Here's a new paragraph.
3933 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3934 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3937 \begin_layout Standard
3938 As the examples show,
3942 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3943 They should put quotes in the
3948 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3952 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3955 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3961 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3962 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3969 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3975 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3983 \begin_layout Standard
3988 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3995 Which I did not rehearse!
3999 It could be much worse.
4000 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4002 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4003 indented a bit more than the first.
4004 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4011 And make things look fine
4020 \begin_layout Standard
4025 does not indent both margins.
4026 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4027 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4038 \begin_layout Subsection
4040 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4046 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4054 \begin_layout Standard
4055 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4065 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4074 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4075 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4076 some general features of all four of them.
4079 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4083 \begin_layout Standard
4084 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4086 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4095 reset the environment to
4099 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4100 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4101 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4106 to break paragraphs.
4109 \begin_layout Standard
4110 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4111 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4113 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4114 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4116 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4117 reference "sec:Nesting"
4125 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4131 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4132 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4137 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4145 \begin_layout Standard
4146 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4150 paragraph environment.
4151 It has the following properties:
4154 \begin_layout Itemize
4155 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4159 \begin_layout Itemize
4160 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4163 \begin_layout Itemize
4164 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4168 \begin_layout Itemize
4169 The items can have any length.
4170 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4171 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4178 \begin_layout Itemize
4183 environment inside another
4187 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4191 \begin_layout Itemize
4192 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4199 \begin_layout Itemize
4200 See section\InsetSpace ~
4202 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4203 reference "sec:Nesting"
4207 for a full explanation of nesting.
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4212 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4221 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4224 \begin_layout Standard
4225 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4226 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4227 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4230 \begin_layout Itemize
4231 The label for the first level
4235 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4239 \begin_layout Itemize
4240 The label for the second level is a dash.
4244 \begin_layout Itemize
4245 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4249 \begin_layout Itemize
4250 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4254 \begin_layout Itemize
4255 Back out to the third level.
4259 \begin_layout Itemize
4260 Back to the second level.
4264 \begin_layout Itemize
4265 Back to the outermost level.
4268 \begin_layout Standard
4269 These are the default labels for an
4274 You can customize these labels in the
4276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4279 dialog in the submenu
4286 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4287 name "Document ! Settings"
4294 \begin_layout Standard
4295 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4296 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4297 in section\InsetSpace ~
4299 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4300 reference "sec:Nesting"
4307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4313 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4314 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4319 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4320 name "sec:Enumerate"
4327 \begin_layout Standard
4332 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4333 It has these properties:
4336 \begin_layout Enumerate
4337 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4341 \begin_layout Enumerate
4342 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4346 \begin_layout Enumerate
4347 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4350 \begin_layout Enumerate
4355 environment resets the counter to one.
4358 \begin_layout Enumerate
4371 \begin_layout Enumerate
4372 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4373 Items can have any length.
4376 \begin_layout Enumerate
4377 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4380 \begin_layout Enumerate
4381 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4384 \begin_layout Enumerate
4385 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4389 \begin_layout Standard
4398 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4399 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4406 \begin_layout Enumerate
4407 The first level of an
4411 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4415 \begin_layout Enumerate
4416 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4420 \begin_layout Enumerate
4421 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4425 \begin_layout Enumerate
4426 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4429 \begin_layout Enumerate
4430 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4435 \begin_layout Enumerate
4436 Back to the third level
4440 \begin_layout Enumerate
4441 Back to the second level.
4445 \begin_layout Enumerate
4446 Back to the outermost level.
4449 \begin_layout Standard
4450 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4455 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4460 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4464 \begin_layout Standard
4465 There is more to nesting
4469 environments than we've stated here.
4470 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4472 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4473 reference "sec:Nesting"
4477 to learn more about nesting.
4480 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4486 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4487 name "Lists ! Description"
4492 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4493 name "sec:Description-List"
4500 \begin_layout Standard
4501 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4505 list has no fixed label.
4506 Instead, LyX uses the first
4507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4514 of the first line as the label.
4518 \begin_layout Description
4519 Example: This is an example of the
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4531 \begin_layout Standard
4533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4540 it is meant that the first hit of the
4544 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4546 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4558 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4559 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4562 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4564 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4565 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4569 for more info.) Here is an example:
4572 \begin_layout Description
4574 Example: This one shows how to use a
4576 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4586 \begin_layout Description
4587 Usage: You should use the
4591 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4592 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4594 It's not a good idea to use a
4598 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4599 You're better off using
4611 paragraphs into them.
4614 \begin_layout Description
4615 Nesting: You can nest
4619 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4623 \begin_layout Standard
4624 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4625 them from the first line.
4628 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4634 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4635 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4640 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4648 \begin_layout Standard
4653 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4657 \begin_layout Standard
4666 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4667 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4670 \begin_layout Labeling
4671 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4673 labels LyX uses the first
4674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4681 of each line as the item label.
4686 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4687 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4688 blank as described above.
4691 \begin_layout Labeling
4692 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4693 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4694 the body of the item text.
4695 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4696 label width plus a little extra space.
4700 \begin_layout Labeling
4701 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4703 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4705 If the label width is larger, the label
4706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4713 into the first line.
4714 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4715 margin of the rest of the item text.
4718 \begin_layout Labeling
4719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4720 default\InsetSpace ~
4721 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4726 environment have the same left margin.
4728 To change the default width, select
4729 all items in the list.
4732 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4733 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4739 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4742 determines the default label width.
4743 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4752 multiple times instead.
4753 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4762 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4764 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4767 every time you alter a label in a
4773 The predefined default width is the length of
4774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4785 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4788 \begin_layout Standard
4793 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4794 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4802 \begin_layout Standard
4807 environment the same way like the
4811 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4817 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4821 \begin_layout Standard
4826 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4828 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4829 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4831 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4832 reference "sec:Nesting"
4836 to learn about nesting.
4839 \begin_layout Standard
4840 There is yet another feature of the
4844 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4846 You can use additional
4850 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4855 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4857 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4858 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4863 Here are some examples:
4866 \begin_layout Labeling
4867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4868 Left The default for
4875 \begin_layout Labeling
4876 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4883 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4886 \begin_layout Labeling
4887 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4896 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4899 \begin_layout Subsection
4901 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4922 \begin_layout Standard
4923 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4934 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4935 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4936 In contrast, you can use the
4945 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4946 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4950 \begin_layout Standard
4951 Of course, you're not limited to using
4966 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4967 some European academic papers.
4970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4972 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4973 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4980 \begin_layout Standard
4985 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4986 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4992 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4993 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4994 Here's an example of each:
4997 \begin_layout Right Address
5004 When is it? What is today?
5007 \begin_layout Standard
5014 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5015 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5016 Here's an example of the
5023 \begin_layout Address
5026 Where do I send this
5028 Your post office and country
5031 \begin_layout Standard
5032 As you can see, both
5041 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5046 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5052 This makes sense, since
5060 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5061 Thus, you have to use
5071 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5072 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5080 menu) to start a new line in an
5092 \begin_layout Subsection
5096 \begin_layout Standard
5097 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5098 or list of references.
5099 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5102 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5106 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5114 \begin_layout Standard
5119 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5120 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5121 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5122 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5126 in anything else or vice versa.
5132 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5133 The book document classes ignores the
5137 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5141 in a letter document class.
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5149 environment does several things for you.
5150 First, it puts the centered label
5151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5159 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5161 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5162 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5163 the subsequent text.
5164 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5165 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5168 \begin_layout Standard
5169 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5173 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5174 The new paragraph will still be in the
5179 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5180 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5183 \begin_layout Standard
5184 \begin_inset Float figure
5189 \begin_layout Standard
5191 \begin_inset Graphics
5192 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5202 \begin_layout Standard
5203 \begin_inset Caption
5205 \begin_layout Standard
5206 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5207 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5228 \begin_layout Standard
5229 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5233 environment, but since this document is in the
5234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5241 class, we can't do this.
5242 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5244 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5245 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5250 If you've never heard of an
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5267 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5273 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5274 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5281 \begin_layout Standard
5286 environment is used to list references.
5287 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5288 only use it at the end of the document.
5293 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5296 \begin_layout Standard
5297 When you first open a
5301 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5317 depending on the document class.
5318 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5319 Each paragraph of the
5323 environment is a bibliography entry.
5328 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5329 Each new paragraph is still in the
5336 \begin_layout Standard
5337 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5338 in section\InsetSpace ~
5340 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5341 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5348 \begin_layout Subsection
5352 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5353 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5358 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5366 \begin_layout Standard
5371 environment is another LyX extension.
5372 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5377 key as a fixed whitespace;
5381 \begin_layout Standard
5392 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5395 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5400 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5401 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5419 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5420 So, when you finish using the
5424 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5425 Also, you can nest the
5429 environment inside of others.
5432 \begin_layout Standard
5433 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5441 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5453 \begin_layout Itemize
5466 \begin_layout Itemize
5471 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5478 \begin_layout Itemize
5487 \begin_layout Itemize
5488 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5489 You must put at least one
5493 in any line you want blank.
5494 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5497 \begin_layout Itemize
5498 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5502 since that will insert
5507 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5515 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5518 \begin_layout Standard
5522 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5526 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5530 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5534 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5538 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5539 printf("Hello World!
5544 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5548 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5552 \begin_layout Standard
5553 This is just the standard
5554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5565 \begin_layout Standard
5570 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5571 rc-files, and so on.
5572 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5573 as if you used a typewriter.
5574 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5575 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5582 \begin_layout Section
5583 Nesting Environments
5584 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5585 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5590 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5598 \begin_layout Subsection
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5605 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5607 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5609 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5621 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5643 \begin_layout Standard
5644 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5645 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5647 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5653 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5661 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5662 will tell you how far you are nested).
5663 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5664 \begin_inset Graphics
5665 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5672 \begin_inset Graphics
5673 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5679 or the convenient key bindings
5687 to change the nesting level.
5688 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5689 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5693 \begin_layout Standard
5694 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5695 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5696 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5697 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5702 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5704 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5707 \begin_layout Subsection
5708 What You Can and Can't Nest
5711 \begin_layout Standard
5712 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5713 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5716 \begin_layout Standard
5717 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5718 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5719 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5722 \begin_layout Itemize
5723 Completely unnestable
5726 \begin_layout Itemize
5727 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5728 other things inside of them.
5731 \begin_layout Itemize
5732 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5736 \begin_layout Standard
5737 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5738 environments have them:
5741 \begin_layout Description
5742 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5743 Can't nest into them.
5747 \begin_layout Itemize
5753 \begin_layout Itemize
5759 \begin_layout Itemize
5767 \begin_layout Itemize
5773 \begin_layout Itemize
5779 \begin_layout Itemize
5787 \begin_layout Itemize
5793 \begin_layout Itemize
5799 \begin_layout Itemize
5805 \begin_layout Itemize
5811 \begin_layout Itemize
5817 \begin_layout Itemize
5823 \begin_layout Itemize
5829 \begin_layout Itemize
5835 \begin_layout Itemize
5841 \begin_layout Itemize
5847 \begin_layout Itemize
5854 \begin_layout Description
5856 Nestable You can nest them.
5857 You can nest other things into them.
5861 \begin_layout Itemize
5867 \begin_layout Itemize
5873 \begin_layout Itemize
5879 \begin_layout Itemize
5885 \begin_layout Itemize
5891 \begin_layout Itemize
5897 \begin_layout Itemize
5903 \begin_layout Itemize
5910 \begin_layout Description
5911 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5912 You can't nest anything into them.
5916 \begin_layout Itemize
5922 \begin_layout Itemize
5929 \begin_layout Itemize
5936 \begin_layout Standard
5941 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5955 \begin_layout Subsection
5956 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5957 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5958 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5963 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5964 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5971 \begin_layout Standard
5972 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5973 affected by nesting anyhow.
5977 \begin_layout Itemize
5981 \begin_layout Itemize
5985 \begin_layout Itemize
5989 \begin_layout Standard
5991 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5994 \begin_layout Standard
5999 If you put a figure or a table in a
6003 , this is no longer true.
6008 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
6010 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6011 reference "sec:Floats"
6015 for more informations about
6022 \begin_layout Standard
6023 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6024 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6028 \begin_layout Standard
6029 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6037 of its own, it behaves just like a
6038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6045 paragraph environment.
6046 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 Here's an example with a table:
6054 \begin_layout Enumerate
6059 \begin_layout Enumerate
6060 This is (a) and it's nested.
6064 \begin_layout Standard
6065 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6071 \begin_layout Standard
6073 \begin_inset Tabular
6074 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6076 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6077 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6078 <row topline="true">
6079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6082 \begin_layout Standard
6097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6100 \begin_layout Standard
6116 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6120 \begin_layout Standard
6135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6138 \begin_layout Standard
6161 \begin_layout Standard
6162 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6169 \begin_layout Enumerate
6171 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6175 \begin_layout Enumerate
6179 \begin_layout Standard
6180 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6183 \begin_layout Enumerate
6188 \begin_layout Enumerate
6189 This is (a) and it's nested.
6193 \begin_layout Standard
6194 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6200 \begin_layout Standard
6202 \begin_inset Tabular
6203 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6207 <row topline="true">
6208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6211 \begin_layout Standard
6226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6229 \begin_layout Standard
6245 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6249 \begin_layout Standard
6264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6267 \begin_layout Standard
6290 \begin_layout Standard
6291 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6297 \begin_layout Enumerate
6304 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6307 \begin_layout Enumerate
6311 \begin_layout Standard
6312 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6316 \begin_layout Standard
6317 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6319 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6322 \begin_layout Enumerate
6327 \begin_layout Enumerate
6328 This is (a) and it's nested.
6331 \begin_layout Standard
6332 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6338 \begin_layout Standard
6340 \begin_inset Tabular
6341 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6343 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6344 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6345 <row topline="true">
6346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6349 \begin_layout Standard
6364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6367 \begin_layout Standard
6383 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6387 \begin_layout Standard
6402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6405 \begin_layout Standard
6428 \begin_layout Standard
6429 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6435 \begin_layout Enumerate
6437 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6445 \begin_layout Enumerate
6449 \begin_layout Standard
6450 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6456 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6457 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6461 \begin_layout Subsection
6462 Usage and General Features
6463 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6464 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6471 \begin_layout Standard
6472 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6481 is the innermost possible depth.
6482 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6485 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 level #1 - outermost
6490 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Enumerate
6500 \begin_layout Enumerate
6505 \begin_layout Itemize
6510 \begin_layout Itemize
6519 \begin_layout Standard
6520 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6521 both of them in the example.
6522 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6532 For example, if we tried to nest another
6537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6547 \begin_layout Subsection
6549 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6550 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6557 \begin_layout Standard
6558 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6559 We have several examples of nested environments.
6560 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6564 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6565 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6568 \begin_layout Labeling
6569 \labelwidthstring MMM
6570 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6579 \begin_layout Labeling
6580 \labelwidthstring MMM
6581 #2-a This is level #2.
6582 We created it by using
6594 \begin_layout Labeling
6595 \labelwidthstring MMM
6596 #3-a This is level #3.
6597 This time, we just hit
6606 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6619 \begin_layout Standard
6624 environment, nested inside of
6625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6633 So, it's at level #4.
6634 We did this by hitting
6642 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6647 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6663 \begin_layout Standard
6668 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6675 \begin_layout Labeling
6676 \labelwidthstring MMM
6677 #4-a This is level #4.
6682 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6687 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6691 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6696 keep nesting things inside of
6697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6708 \begin_layout Labeling
6709 \labelwidthstring MMM
6710 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6715 \begin_layout Labeling
6716 \labelwidthstring MMM
6717 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6718 and this is level #6.
6719 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6723 \begin_layout Labeling
6724 \labelwidthstring MMM
6725 #5-b Back to level #5.
6738 \begin_layout Labeling
6739 \labelwidthstring MMM
6748 , we're back at level #4.
6752 \begin_layout Labeling
6753 \labelwidthstring MMM
6754 #3-b Back to level #3.
6755 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6759 \begin_layout Labeling
6760 \labelwidthstring MMM
6761 #2-b Back to level #2.
6766 \begin_layout Labeling
6767 \labelwidthstring MMM
6768 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6769 After this sentence, we'll hit
6773 and change the paragraph environment back to
6780 \begin_layout Standard
6781 We could have also used the
6797 environment in place of the
6802 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6806 Example 2: Inheritance
6809 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6810 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6813 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6823 , after which, we'll change to the
6831 \begin_layout Enumerate
6836 environment, at level #2.
6839 \begin_layout Enumerate
6840 Notice how the nested
6844 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6848 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6852 \begin_layout Standard
6853 We ended this example by hitting
6858 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6862 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6870 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6882 \begin_layout Standard
6883 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6891 \begin_layout Enumerate
6892 This is level #1, in an
6896 paragraph environment.
6897 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6901 \begin_layout Enumerate
6912 Now, what happens if we nest an
6916 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6917 label be? An asterisk?
6921 \begin_layout Itemize
6931 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6932 So, its label is a bullet.
6933 (We got here by using
6941 , then changing the environment to
6949 \begin_layout Itemize
6950 Here's level #4, produced using
6959 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6964 \begin_layout Enumerate
6965 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6967 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6972 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6976 , because we are in the
7000 \begin_layout Enumerate
7005 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7006 type of numbering does LyX use?
7009 \begin_layout Enumerate
7010 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7014 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7017 \begin_layout Enumerate
7022 to decrease the depth after the next
7030 \begin_layout Enumerate
7032 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7036 \begin_layout Enumerate
7038 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7039 numeral as the label.Why?
7042 \begin_layout Enumerate
7043 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7052 Notice, however, that LyX
7056 reset the counter for the label.
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7069 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7070 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7071 into the twofold-nested
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 The same thing happens if we do another
7088 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7092 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7097 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7111 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7117 The same rule applies for the
7121 environment, as well.
7124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7125 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7128 \begin_layout Enumerate
7129 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7130 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7131 same detail with how we did it.
7140 \begin_layout Standard
7143 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7145 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7146 example in parentheses someplace.
7147 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7148 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7149 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7153 \begin_layout Enumerate
7158 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7163 Now we'll add verse.
7165 It will get much worse.
7169 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7175 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7177 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7189 \begin_layout Standard
7190 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7196 \begin_layout Standard
7198 \begin_inset Tabular
7199 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7201 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7225 \begin_layout Standard
7241 <row topline="true">
7242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7245 \begin_layout Standard
7260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7263 \begin_layout Standard
7290 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7294 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7300 \begin_layout Enumerate
7305 : level #1) This is another item.
7306 Note that selecting a
7310 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7311 3 times to put the table inside the
7319 \begin_layout Quotation
7320 We're now ending the
7324 list and changing to
7329 We're still at level #1.
7330 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7331 The next set of paragraphs is a
7332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7348 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7352 for the letter body.
7357 to preserve the depth.
7358 Remember that you need to use
7362 to create multiple lines inside the
7376 \begin_layout Right Address
7379 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7384 \begin_layout Address
7385 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7389 \begin_layout Quotation
7390 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7391 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7394 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7395 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7396 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7397 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7398 as soon as possible.
7399 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7402 \begin_layout Quotation
7403 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7404 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7405 with your order, along with payment.
7408 \begin_layout Quotation
7409 We thank you again for your patience.
7412 \begin_layout Address
7419 \begin_layout Quotation
7420 That ends that example!
7423 \begin_layout Standard
7424 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7425 just a few keystrokes.
7426 We could have easily nested an
7447 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7450 \begin_layout Section
7451 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7454 \begin_layout Subsection
7456 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7457 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7464 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7470 \begin_layout Standard
7471 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7472 in a uniform fashion.
7473 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7474 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7475 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7476 equally between themselves.
7480 \begin_layout Standard
7485 can be inserted with
7487 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7488 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7489 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7493 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7498 This is on the left side
7500 This is on the right
7523 \begin_layout Standard
7524 That was an example in the
7530 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7536 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7539 is one in a standard paragraph.
7540 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7544 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7547 \begin_layout Standard
7548 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7549 Here's an example with the
7556 \begin_layout Labeling
7557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7569 \begin_layout Standard
7571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7578 marks the beginning of the item.
7579 (There is actually a
7580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7587 HFill inside of the label of the
7591 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7600 situations, like two-column mode.
7603 \begin_layout Standard
7604 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7612 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7616 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7617 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7618 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7628 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7630 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7644 Other space variants
7645 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7646 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7653 \begin_layout Standard
7654 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7655 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7657 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7663 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7665 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7668 \begin_layout Paragraph
7672 \begin_layout Standard
7673 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7674 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7685 For example the command
7692 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7695 cm space within the following line:
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7700 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7707 \begin_layout Standard
7717 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7721 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7724 cm space between the arrows.
7727 \begin_layout Standard
7728 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7730 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7731 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7738 \begin_layout Paragraph
7742 \begin_layout Standard
7743 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7745 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7752 What is correct English?:
7757 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7763 \begin_layout Standard
7779 \begin_layout Standard
7790 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7796 \begin_layout Standard
7797 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7808 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7815 In our case write the command
7822 (note the space after
7823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7830 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7831 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7832 That is why it is named
7833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7844 \begin_layout Standard
7845 There exists also the commands
7857 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7858 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7859 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7860 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7872 \begin_layout Subsection
7874 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7875 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7882 \begin_layout Standard
7883 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7885 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7886 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7887 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7891 There you find the following sizes:
7894 \begin_layout Standard
7907 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7912 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7914 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7916 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7917 name "Document ! Settings"
7923 for the paragraph separation.
7924 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7935 \begin_layout Standard
7940 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7941 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7943 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7944 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7953 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7957 \begin_layout Standard
7962 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7964 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7965 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7974 If there are several
7978 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7979 You can therefore use
7983 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7986 \begin_layout Standard
7991 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7993 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7994 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8001 \begin_layout Standard
8002 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8005 \begin_layout Standard
8012 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
8013 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
8025 \begin_layout Subsection
8029 \begin_layout Standard
8030 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
8032 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8036 There are four possibilities:
8039 \begin_layout Itemize
8045 \begin_layout Itemize
8051 \begin_layout Itemize
8057 \begin_layout Itemize
8063 \begin_layout Standard
8064 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8065 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8066 the left and right margins.
8067 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8070 \begin_layout Standard
8072 This paragraph is right aligned,
8075 \begin_layout Standard
8077 this one is centered,
8080 \begin_layout Standard
8082 this one is left aligned.
8085 \begin_layout Subsection
8087 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8088 name "Pagebreaks ! Forced"
8093 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8094 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8101 \begin_layout Standard
8102 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8103 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8104 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8105 Only if you use many
8109 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8112 \begin_layout Standard
8113 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8114 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8118 have to change the pagebreaking.
8121 \begin_layout Standard
8122 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8124 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8127 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8132 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8133 that it fills out the complete page.
8134 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8135 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8136 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8147 \begin_layout Standard
8148 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8150 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8161 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8162 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8166 \begin_layout Standard
8167 normally one uses simply
8179 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8180 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8183 \begin_layout Standard
8184 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8185 at the top of a page.
8186 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8187 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8188 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8189 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8191 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8192 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8203 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8205 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8206 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8211 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8212 name "Pagebreaks ! Clear"
8219 \begin_layout Standard
8220 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8221 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8222 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8223 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8224 if necessary by adding pages.
8227 \begin_layout Standard
8228 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8231 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8236 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8239 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8244 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8245 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8248 \begin_layout Subsection
8250 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8256 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8257 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8264 \begin_layout Standard
8265 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8267 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8270 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8279 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8280 whole space between the page margins.
8281 This is necessary to avoid
8282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8289 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8290 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8302 The syntax is similar tho the command
8308 , described in the previous section.
8311 \begin_layout Standard
8312 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8313 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8314 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8315 set a linebreak, e.g.
8316 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8318 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8319 reference "sec:Quote"
8324 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8325 reference "sec:Verse"
8330 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8331 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8338 \begin_layout Subsection
8340 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8348 \begin_layout Standard
8349 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8350 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8351 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8352 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8354 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8360 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8361 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8366 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8367 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8374 \begin_layout Standard
8375 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8376 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8377 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8378 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8379 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8381 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8382 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8387 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8388 In this case, insert one with
8390 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8391 Special\InsetSpace ~
8392 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8393 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8403 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8405 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8406 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8411 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8412 name "Spaces ! protected"
8419 \begin_layout Standard
8420 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8422 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8426 Further documentation is given in section
8429 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8430 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8438 \begin_layout Standard
8439 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8452 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8453 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8462 A protected space is set with
8464 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8465 Special\InsetSpace ~
8466 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8481 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8483 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8484 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8489 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8490 name "Spaces ! thin"
8497 \begin_layout Standard
8499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8506 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8515 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8516 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8517 inside abbreviations:
8521 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8523 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8524 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8528 \begin_layout Standard
8529 or between values and units.
8530 Compare for example this:
8532 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8538 \begin_layout Standard
8539 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8542 Special\InsetSpace ~
8543 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8558 \begin_layout Standard
8559 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8560 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8561 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8563 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8564 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8573 Te latter means to type
8577 space-insert <command>
8584 into the command buffer, where
8588 is one of the following:
8592 \begin_layout Standard
8594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8601 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8603 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8604 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8616 \begin_layout Standard
8618 \begin_inset Tabular
8619 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8622 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8623 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8624 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8628 \begin_layout Standard
8636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8639 \begin_layout Standard
8647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8650 \begin_layout Standard
8659 <row topline="true">
8660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8663 \begin_layout Standard
8671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8674 \begin_layout Standard
8681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8684 \begin_layout Standard
8691 <row topline="true">
8692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8695 \begin_layout Standard
8703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8706 \begin_layout Standard
8713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8716 \begin_layout Standard
8723 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8727 \begin_layout Standard
8735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8738 \begin_layout Standard
8745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8748 \begin_layout Standard
8755 <row bottomline="true">
8756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8759 \begin_layout Standard
8767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8770 \begin_layout Standard
8777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8780 \begin_layout Standard
8787 <row bottomline="true">
8788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8791 \begin_layout Standard
8799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8802 \begin_layout Standard
8809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8812 \begin_layout Standard
8819 <row bottomline="true">
8820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8823 \begin_layout Standard
8831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8834 \begin_layout Standard
8841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8844 \begin_layout Standard
8851 <row bottomline="true">
8852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8855 \begin_layout Standard
8863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8866 \begin_layout Standard
8873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8876 \begin_layout Standard
8883 <row bottomline="true">
8884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8887 \begin_layout Standard
8895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8898 \begin_layout Standard
8905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8908 \begin_layout Standard
8922 \begin_layout Subsection
8924 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8925 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8930 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8931 name "Horizontal lines"
8938 \begin_layout Standard
8943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8944 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8945 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8948 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8954 \begin_layout Section
8955 Fonts and Text Styles
8956 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8957 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8964 \begin_layout Subsection
8966 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8974 \begin_layout Standard
8975 There are two types of fonts:
8978 \begin_layout Description
8981 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8982 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8986 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8987 characters) in the font.
8988 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8989 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8990 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8991 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8992 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8993 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8994 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8995 provide a good image.
8997 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8998 size and scale them.
8999 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9000 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9001 sizes than at small ones.
9019 \begin_layout Description
9022 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9023 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
9027 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9028 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9029 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9030 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9031 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9032 picture manipulation program.
9033 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9034 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9035 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9036 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9037 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9039 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9040 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9042 Bitmap fonts are named
9048 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9051 \begin_layout Standard
9052 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9053 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9054 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9055 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9059 \begin_layout Standard
9060 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9061 its document properties.
9064 \begin_layout Standard
9065 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9066 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9067 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9068 font to emphasize text, you use an
9069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9077 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9078 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9082 \begin_layout Subsection
9083 Document Font and Font size
9084 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9085 name "sub:Document-Font"
9090 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9096 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9097 name "Document ! Font"
9104 \begin_layout Standard
9105 You can set the document fonts in the
9107 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9111 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9112 name "Document ! Settings"
9117 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9118 font shapes roman (serif),
9130 \begin_layout Standard
9131 The possible options for the font include
9135 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9140 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9162 European Computer Modern
9165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9175 \begin_layout Standard
9184 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9185 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9189 \begin_layout Standard
9190 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9195 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9201 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9202 There are three ways to use one:
9205 \begin_layout Itemize
9206 One way is to use the
9216 Virtual means that it
9217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9228 -glyphs from other fonts.
9229 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9250 \begin_layout Standard
9251 Loading the LaTeX-package
9254 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9255 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9261 with the document preamble line
9264 \begin_layout Standard
9269 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9272 \begin_layout Standard
9273 will fix the guillemet problem.
9278 and that accented characters are not
9282 glyph, they are build of
9286 characters, the accent and the letter.
9287 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9291 fonts for words with accented characters.
9292 If you search for example for the French word
9293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9300 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9309 and not for the glyph
9310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9317 \begin_layout Standard
9327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9331 \begin_inset Note Note
9334 \begin_layout Standard
9342 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9343 to be accented with the grave.
9345 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9346 in section\InsetSpace ~
9348 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9361 \begin_layout Itemize
9362 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9366 \begin_layout Standard
9375 , consists of these three main font types
9402 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9403 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9410 The differences between roman,
9419 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9421 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9422 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9433 was originally designed for newspapers.
9434 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9435 into the small newspaper columns.
9441 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9444 \begin_layout Itemize
9445 The best solution is to use the
9450 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9457 \begin_layout Standard
9458 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9461 For the font size there are four possible values:
9478 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9481 \begin_layout Standard
9482 The font sizes are the
9487 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9488 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9489 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9495 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9497 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9498 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9505 \begin_layout Standard
9506 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9510 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9513 \begin_layout Standard
9518 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9522 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9523 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9524 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9526 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9529 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9531 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9532 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9544 \begin_layout Subsection
9545 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9546 name "sub:Character-Styles"
9550 Using Different Character Styles
9551 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9552 name "Character Styles"
9557 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9565 \begin_layout Standard
9566 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9567 certain paragraph environments.
9568 LyX supports two character styles,
9577 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9581 \begin_layout Standard
9586 style, do one of the following:
9589 \begin_layout Itemize
9590 click on the toolbar button
9591 \begin_inset Graphics
9592 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9601 \begin_layout Itemize
9608 \begin_layout Standard
9609 These commands are all toggles.
9614 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9617 \begin_layout Standard
9618 One typically uses the
9622 style for proper names.
9624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9631 is the original author of LyX.
9632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9638 \begin_layout Standard
9639 A more widely used character style is the
9644 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9651 \begin_layout Itemize
9652 clicking on the toolbar button
9653 \begin_inset Graphics
9654 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9663 \begin_layout Itemize
9664 using the keybindings
9670 \begin_layout Standard
9675 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9676 es use a different font.
9679 \begin_layout Standard
9680 We've been using the
9684 style all over the place in this document.
9685 Here's one more example:
9688 \begin_layout Quotation
9691 Don't overuse character styles!
9694 \begin_layout Standard
9695 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9696 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9697 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9698 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9702 \begin_layout Standard
9703 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9710 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9717 \begin_layout Subsection
9718 Fine-Tuning with the
9723 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9724 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9729 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9737 \begin_layout Standard
9738 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9739 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9740 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9741 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9742 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9743 from ordinary dialog.
9746 \begin_layout Standard
9747 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9748 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9750 Documents that overuse
9751 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9752 has knocked huge holes in it.
9755 \begin_layout Standard
9756 To use custom character styles, open the
9758 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9763 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9764 font property which you can choose.
9765 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9770 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9775 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9776 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9777 environments in a snap.
9780 \begin_layout Standard
9781 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9793 \begin_layout Labeling
9794 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9808 The possible options are:
9812 \begin_layout Labeling
9813 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9818 This is the Roman font family.
9819 Normally a serif font.
9820 It's also the default family.
9825 \begin_layout Standard
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9851 \begin_inset Note Note
9854 \begin_layout Standard
9855 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9856 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9858 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9859 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9871 \begin_layout Labeling
9872 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9880 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9887 \begin_layout Standard
9905 \begin_layout Standard
9915 \begin_layout Labeling
9916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9923 This is the Typewriter font family.
9930 \begin_layout Standard
9948 \begin_layout Standard
9961 \begin_layout Labeling
9962 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9967 This corresponds to the print weight.
9972 \begin_layout Labeling
9973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9978 This is the Medium font series.
9979 It's also the default series.
9982 \begin_layout Labeling
9983 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9990 This is the Bold font series.
9997 \begin_layout Standard
10015 \begin_layout Standard
10026 \begin_layout Labeling
10027 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10032 As the name implies.
10037 \begin_layout Labeling
10038 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10043 This is the Upright font shape.
10044 It's also the default shape.
10047 \begin_layout Labeling
10048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10062 s the Italic font shape
10068 \begin_layout Labeling
10069 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10076 This is the Slanted font shape
10078 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10081 \begin_layout Labeling
10082 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10090 This is the Small caps font shape
10097 \begin_layout Labeling
10098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10103 Alters the size of the font.
10104 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10105 nal to the document font size.
10106 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10107 what you want to do.
10112 \begin_layout Labeling
10113 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10135 \begin_layout Standard
10153 \begin_layout Standard
10164 \begin_layout Standard
10182 \begin_layout Standard
10192 \begin_layout Labeling
10193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10233 \begin_layout Standard
10243 \begin_layout Labeling
10244 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10266 \begin_layout Standard
10284 \begin_layout Standard
10295 \begin_layout Standard
10313 \begin_layout Standard
10323 \begin_layout Labeling
10324 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10346 \begin_layout Standard
10364 \begin_layout Standard
10375 \begin_layout Standard
10393 \begin_layout Standard
10403 \begin_layout Labeling
10404 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10418 It's also the default size.
10423 \begin_layout Standard
10441 \begin_layout Standard
10452 \begin_layout Standard
10470 \begin_layout Standard
10480 \begin_layout Labeling
10481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10503 \begin_layout Standard
10521 \begin_layout Standard
10532 \begin_layout Standard
10550 \begin_layout Standard
10560 \begin_layout Labeling
10561 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10583 \begin_layout Standard
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10612 \begin_layout Standard
10630 \begin_layout Standard
10640 \begin_layout Labeling
10641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10663 \begin_layout Standard
10681 \begin_layout Standard
10691 \begin_layout Labeling
10692 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10732 \begin_layout Standard
10743 \begin_layout Standard
10761 \begin_layout Standard
10771 \begin_layout Labeling
10772 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10794 \begin_layout Standard
10812 \begin_layout Standard
10823 \begin_layout Standard
10841 \begin_layout Standard
10852 \begin_layout Standard
10857 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10858 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10859 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10860 - use that instead.
10861 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10864 \begin_layout Labeling
10865 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10870 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10875 \begin_layout Labeling
10876 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10883 This is text with emphasize on
10886 This might seem like the same as
10890 , but it is actually a bit different.
10896 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10898 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10901 \begin_layout Labeling
10902 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10909 This is text with Underbar on.
10916 \begin_layout Standard
10934 \begin_layout Standard
10947 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10948 when you couldn't change fonts.
10949 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10950 It's only included in LyX because some people
10954 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10957 \begin_layout Labeling
10958 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10965 This is text with Noun on.
10972 , this is a logical attribute.
10973 Normally it's equivalent to
10982 \begin_layout Labeling
10983 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10988 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10989 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10995 , which is the default
10996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11003 and means normally black, you can choose between
11036 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11037 name "Color ! Text"
11044 \begin_layout Labeling
11045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11050 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11051 the language of the document.
11052 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11056 \begin_layout Standard
11057 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11058 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11060 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11064 dialog, the settings are saved.
11065 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11066 \begin_inset Graphics
11067 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11074 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11075 when the dialog isn't visible.
11079 \begin_layout Standard
11080 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11086 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11087 (suppose you just set the shape to
11088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11105 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11115 \begin_layout Standard
11116 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11133 \begin_layout Itemize
11139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11146 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11169 \begin_layout Standard
11182 \begin_layout Standard
11194 \begin_inset Note Note
11197 \begin_layout Standard
11198 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11200 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11201 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11215 \begin_layout Itemize
11220 fonts use characters with serifs.
11221 These are the small
11222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11229 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11230 The following example will show the difference:
11236 text without serifs
11240 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11241 They are therefore used as default font (named
11248 \begin_layout Itemize
11254 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11255 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11258 \begin_layout Standard
11259 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11260 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11263 \begin_layout Section
11264 Printing and Previewing
11267 \begin_layout Subsection
11271 \begin_layout Standard
11272 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11273 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11274 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11275 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11276 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11278 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11284 \begin_layout Standard
11285 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11286 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11287 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11288 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11289 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11290 This happens in two stages:
11293 \begin_layout Enumerate
11294 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11295 generating a file with the extension,
11296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11310 \begin_layout Enumerate
11311 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11315 file to produce printable output.
11319 \begin_layout Subsection
11320 Output file formats
11321 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11322 name "File formats"
11327 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11328 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11335 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11337 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11338 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11345 \begin_layout Standard
11346 This file type has the extension
11347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11359 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11363 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11370 \begin_layout Standard
11371 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11373 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11374 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11380 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11383 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11390 \begin_layout Standard
11391 This file type has the extension
11392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11403 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11405 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11406 it manually with console commands.
11407 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11408 you view or export your document.
11411 \begin_layout Standard
11412 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11414 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11415 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11420 \begin_layout Standard
11432 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11434 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11435 name "File formats ! DVI"
11442 \begin_layout Standard
11443 This file type has the extension
11444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11464 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11465 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11466 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11468 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11472 \begin_layout Standard
11473 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11476 \begin_layout Standard
11481 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11482 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11487 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11488 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11489 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11490 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11493 \begin_layout Standard
11494 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11496 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11497 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11503 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11505 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11506 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11513 \begin_layout Standard
11514 This file type has the extension
11515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11527 PostScript was developed by the company
11531 as printer language.
11532 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11534 PostScript can be seen as
11535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11538 programming language
11539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11542 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11546 \begin_layout Standard
11547 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11553 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11554 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11563 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11566 \begin_layout Standard
11567 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11571 Encapsulated PostScript
11572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11575 (EPS, file extension
11576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11588 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11589 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11590 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11591 whenever you view or export your document.
11592 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11593 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11594 EPS to avoid this problem.
11597 \begin_layout Standard
11598 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11600 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11601 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11609 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11610 name "File formats ! PDF"
11615 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11623 \begin_layout Standard
11624 This file type has the extension
11625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11641 Portable Document Format
11642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11645 (PDF) is developed by
11649 as derivative from PostScript.
11650 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11659 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11660 looks exactly the same.
11663 \begin_layout Standard
11664 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11668 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11672 (JPG, file extension
11673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11700 Portable Network Graphics
11701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11704 (PNG, file extension
11705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11717 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11718 in the background to one of these formats.
11719 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11720 will slow down your workflow.
11721 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11724 \begin_layout Standard
11725 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11727 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11730 in three different ways:
11733 \begin_layout Description
11734 PDF This uses the program
11738 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11739 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11743 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11744 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11747 \begin_layout Description
11749 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11753 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11757 \begin_layout Description
11759 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11763 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11766 \begin_layout Standard
11767 We recommend to use
11776 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11782 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11785 \begin_layout Subsection
11787 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11788 name "Document ! Preview "
11795 \begin_layout Standard
11796 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11797 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11801 and choose a file type.
11802 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11805 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11808 you can use the toolbar button
11809 \begin_inset Graphics
11810 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
11822 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11826 you can use the toolbar button
11827 \begin_inset Graphics
11828 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
11837 \begin_layout Standard
11838 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11839 viewer window using the menu
11841 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11847 \begin_layout Standard
11848 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11850 To have a real output, export your document.
11853 \begin_layout Subsection
11854 Printing the File from within LyX
11855 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11856 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11863 \begin_layout Standard
11864 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11865 it directly from within LyX.
11866 To print a file, select the menu
11868 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11871 or click on the toolbar button
11872 \begin_inset Graphics
11873 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
11880 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11881 This file is then processed by the program
11885 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11890 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11893 \begin_layout Standard
11894 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11895 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11896 printing one set to print on the other side.
11897 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11898 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11899 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11902 \begin_layout Standard
11903 You can set the parameters in the
11911 \begin_layout Labeling
11912 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11917 This is the name of the printer to print to.
11921 \begin_layout Standard
11922 Note that this printer name is for the program
11931 has to be configured for this printer name.
11932 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
11934 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11935 reference "sub:Printer"
11944 The printer should understand PostScript.
11947 \begin_layout Labeling
11948 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11953 The name of a file to print to.
11954 The output will be a PostScript file.
11955 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11959 \begin_layout Section
11960 A few Words about Typography
11961 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11969 \begin_layout Subsection
11971 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11977 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11985 \begin_layout Standard
11987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11998 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12013 \begin_layout Enumerate
12019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12033 \begin_layout Enumerate
12039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12048 \begin_layout Standard
12060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12066 \begin_layout Enumerate
12072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12081 \begin_layout Standard
12094 \begin_layout Standard
12106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12112 \begin_layout Enumerate
12116 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12136 \begin_layout Standard
12137 You generate them by inserting the
12138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12149 character multiple times in a row.
12150 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12151 final output, but not in LyX.
12154 \begin_layout Standard
12155 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12156 math mode and has a length of its own.
12157 Here are some examples of the
12158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12172 \begin_layout Enumerate
12173 line- and page-breaks
12182 \begin_layout Enumerate
12192 \begin_layout Enumerate
12193 Oh --- there's a dash.
12202 \begin_layout Enumerate
12203 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12215 \begin_layout Subsection
12217 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12223 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12224 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12231 \begin_layout Standard
12232 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12233 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12236 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12237 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12243 following the rules of the document language
12247 \begin_layout Standard
12248 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12255 German\InsetSpace ~
12261 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12272 \begin_layout Standard
12273 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12278 and with unusual constructs, like
12279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12287 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12288 This is done with the menu
12290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12291 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12292 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12296 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12297 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12300 \begin_layout Standard
12301 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12302 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12303 a hyphen and a space in the form
12304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12312 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12320 as hyphenation possibility.
12321 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12322 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12323 of the LaTeX-box-command
12329 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12330 As LyX doesn't support
12336 , we have to use ERT.
12337 The result looks in LyX like:
12340 \begin_layout Standard
12341 \begin_inset Graphics
12342 filename clipart/mbox.png
12351 \begin_layout Standard
12352 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12354 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12355 reference "sec:ERT"
12362 \begin_layout Subsection
12364 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12365 name "Punctuation marks"
12372 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12373 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12374 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12375 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12382 \begin_layout Standard
12383 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12384 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12385 LaTeX then adds the
12386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12389 appropriate amount of space
12390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12394 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12396 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12399 \begin_layout Standard
12400 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12414 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12415 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12418 \begin_layout Standard
12419 Here are some examples of
12423 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12426 \begin_layout Itemize
12431 \begin_layout Itemize
12436 \begin_layout Standard
12437 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12440 \begin_layout Itemize
12443 this is too much space!
12446 \begin_layout Itemize
12451 \begin_layout Standard
12452 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12455 \begin_layout Standard
12456 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12459 \begin_layout Enumerate
12462 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12465 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12467 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12468 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12473 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12474 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12481 \begin_layout Enumerate
12487 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12489 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12490 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12495 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12496 name "Spaces ! thin"
12503 \begin_layout Enumerate
12508 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12514 Special\InsetSpace ~
12517 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12518 This function is also bound to
12525 \begin_layout Standard
12526 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12529 \begin_layout Itemize
12530 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12531 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12532 this is too much space!
12535 \begin_layout Itemize
12536 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12540 \begin_layout Standard
12541 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12542 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12543 LaTeX will care about this.
12546 \begin_layout Standard
12547 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12550 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12554 feature described in section
12565 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12567 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12568 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12573 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12574 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12579 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12587 \begin_layout Standard
12588 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12589 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12590 and use a closing quote at the end.
12592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12600 The keyboard character,
12604 , generates this automatically.
12607 \begin_layout Standard
12608 You can change the behavior of the
12612 key using the submenu
12618 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12622 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12623 name "Document ! Settings"
12630 \begin_layout Standard
12631 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12636 There are six choices:
12639 \begin_layout Labeling
12640 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12652 Use quotes like this
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12661 \begin_inset Quotes els
12665 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12671 \begin_layout Labeling
12672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12675 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12679 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12685 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12689 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12693 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12699 \begin_layout Labeling
12700 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12703 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12707 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12713 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12717 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12721 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12725 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12731 \begin_layout Labeling
12732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12735 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12739 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12745 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12749 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12753 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12757 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12763 \begin_layout Labeling
12764 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12767 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12771 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12777 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12781 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12785 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12789 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12795 \begin_layout Labeling
12796 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12799 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12803 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12809 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12813 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12817 \begin_inset Quotes als
12821 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12827 \begin_layout Standard
12828 These settings affects what character the
12835 \begin_layout Subsection
12837 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12838 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12843 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12844 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12849 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12850 name "sub:Ligatures"
12857 \begin_layout Standard
12858 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12859 print them as single characters.
12860 These groups are known as
12865 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12867 Here are the standard ligatures:
12870 \begin_layout Itemize
12874 \begin_layout Itemize
12878 \begin_layout Itemize
12882 \begin_layout Itemize
12886 \begin_layout Itemize
12890 \begin_layout Standard
12891 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12894 \begin_layout Standard
12895 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12896 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12904 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12920 To break a ligature, use
12922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12923 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12924 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12940 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12957 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12965 \begin_layout Subsection
12967 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12968 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12973 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12974 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12981 \begin_layout Standard
12982 You have surely noticed, that the word
12983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12990 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12991 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12992 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13000 \begin_layout Standard
13008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13012 \begin_inset Note Note
13015 \begin_layout Standard
13016 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
13017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13024 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
13025 To create proper names omit the ERT.
13030 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
13034 \begin_layout Description
13035 LyX The name of the game, write
13036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13043 \begin_layout Standard
13051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13057 \begin_layout Description
13058 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
13059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13066 \begin_layout Standard
13074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13080 \begin_layout Description
13081 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
13082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13089 \begin_layout Standard
13097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13103 \begin_layout Description
13104 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13112 \begin_layout Standard
13120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13126 \begin_layout Standard
13127 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13132 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13140 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13141 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13142 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13145 : The actual version is
13146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13153 , the previous one was
13154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13164 \begin_layout Standard
13165 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13166 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13167 This will look in LyX like:
13168 \begin_inset Graphics
13169 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13177 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13179 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13180 reference "sec:ERT"
13187 \begin_layout Subsection
13189 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13190 name "Typography ! Units"
13197 \begin_layout Standard
13198 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13199 space between two words.
13200 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13210 for units use the menu
13212 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13213 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13224 \begin_layout Standard
13225 Here's an example to show the differences:
13228 \begin_layout Standard
13229 \begin_inset Tabular
13230 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13232 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13233 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13238 \begin_layout Standard
13241 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13252 \begin_layout Standard
13253 space between number and unit
13260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13263 \begin_layout Standard
13264 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13266 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13277 \begin_layout Standard
13278 half space between number and unit
13291 \begin_layout Subsection
13293 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13294 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13299 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13307 \begin_layout Standard
13308 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13310 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13311 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13312 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13313 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13314 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13315 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13326 \begin_layout Standard
13327 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13328 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13329 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13330 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13331 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13332 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13333 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13336 \begin_layout Standard
13337 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13338 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13339 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13341 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13342 key "latexcompanion"
13348 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13353 ] may have more information.
13354 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13357 \begin_layout Chapter
13358 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13359 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13360 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13367 \begin_layout Standard
13368 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13373 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13376 \begin_layout Section
13378 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13384 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13392 \begin_layout Standard
13393 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13396 \begin_layout Description
13398 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13401 \begin_inset Note Note
13404 \begin_layout Standard
13405 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13413 \begin_layout Description
13414 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13415 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13417 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13418 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13419 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13424 \begin_inset Note Comment
13427 \begin_layout Standard
13428 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13436 \begin_layout Description
13437 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13438 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13443 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13446 \begin_layout Standard
13451 \begin_layout Standard
13452 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13453 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13454 How this can be done is explained in the
13463 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13472 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13473 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13476 \begin_layout Description
13477 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13479 \begin_inset Note Framed
13482 \begin_layout Standard
13483 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13488 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13490 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13491 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13495 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13499 \begin_layout Description
13500 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13501 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13504 \begin_layout Standard
13505 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13510 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13511 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13514 \begin_layout Standard
13515 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13516 \begin_inset Graphics
13517 filename ../images/note-insert.png
13521 scaleBeforeRotation
13527 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13531 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13534 \begin_layout Section
13536 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13542 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13543 name "sec:Footnotes"
13550 \begin_layout Standard
13551 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13557 or the toolbar button
13558 \begin_inset Graphics
13559 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
13574 \begin_inset Graphics
13575 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13587 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13616 label, the box will
13620 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13621 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13634 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13650 \begin_layout Standard
13651 Here's an example footnote:
13659 \begin_layout Standard
13660 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13668 \begin_layout Standard
13669 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13670 position where the footnote box is placed.
13671 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13672 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13673 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13674 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13675 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13680 ey are described in the
13687 \begin_layout Section
13689 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13690 name "Marginal notes"
13695 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13696 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13703 \begin_layout Standard
13704 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13705 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13708 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13711 or the toolbar button
13712 \begin_inset Graphics
13713 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
13735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13742 appearing within your text.
13743 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13752 \begin_layout Standard
13753 At the side is an example marginal note.
13757 \begin_inset Marginal
13760 \begin_layout Standard
13761 This is a marginal note.
13769 \begin_layout Standard
13770 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13771 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13772 pages, right on odd pages.
13775 \begin_layout Section
13776 Graphics and Images
13777 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13783 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13789 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13790 name "sec:Graphics"
13797 \begin_layout Standard
13798 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13799 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13800 \begin_inset Graphics
13801 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
13809 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13813 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13816 \begin_layout Standard
13817 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13822 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13823 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13824 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13826 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13828 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13829 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13836 \begin_layout Standard
13841 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13842 of the image in the output.
13843 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13855 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13858 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13859 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13867 \begin_layout Standard
13868 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13873 You can also set the
13877 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13878 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13880 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13881 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13891 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13892 image size is printed.
13895 \begin_layout Standard
13896 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13897 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13899 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13900 centered paragraph:
13903 \begin_layout Standard
13905 \begin_inset Graphics
13906 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13911 rotateOrigin center
13918 \begin_layout Standard
13919 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13920 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13922 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13923 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13930 \begin_layout Subsection
13932 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13933 name "Image formats"
13938 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13939 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13946 \begin_layout Standard
13947 You can insert images in any known file format.
13948 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13950 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13951 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13955 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13956 LyX uses therefore the program
13960 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13961 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13962 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13964 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13965 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13972 \begin_layout Standard
13973 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13976 \begin_layout Description
13977 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13978 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13979 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13980 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13984 Graphics Interchange Format
13985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13988 (GIF, file extension
13989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14001 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14002 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
14007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14010 Portable Network Graphics
14011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14014 (PNG, file extension
14015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14027 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14028 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
14033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14036 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14040 (JPG, file extension
14041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14065 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14066 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
14073 \begin_layout Description
14074 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
14075 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
14077 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
14078 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
14079 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
14082 calable image formats can be
14083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14086 Scalable Vector Graphics
14087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14090 (SVG, file extension
14091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14103 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14104 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
14109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14112 Encapsulated PostScript
14113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14116 (EPS, file extension
14117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14129 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14130 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14138 Portable Document Format
14139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14142 (PDF, file extension
14143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14155 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14161 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14162 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14163 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14168 \begin_layout Standard
14169 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14177 \begin_layout Standard
14178 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14182 \begin_layout Section
14184 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14190 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14198 \begin_layout Standard
14199 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14200 \begin_inset Graphics
14201 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14214 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14215 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14216 from the rest of the table.
14217 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14218 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14220 Here's an example table:
14223 \begin_layout Standard
14225 \begin_inset Tabular
14226 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14228 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14230 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14231 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14232 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14236 \begin_layout Standard
14242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14245 \begin_layout Standard
14260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14263 \begin_layout Standard
14269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14272 \begin_layout Standard
14279 <row topline="true">
14280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14283 \begin_layout Standard
14298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14301 \begin_layout Standard
14307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14310 \begin_layout Standard
14316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14319 \begin_layout Standard
14326 <row topline="true">
14327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14330 \begin_layout Standard
14345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14348 \begin_layout Standard
14354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14357 \begin_layout Standard
14367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14370 \begin_layout Standard
14377 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14381 \begin_layout Standard
14396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14399 \begin_layout Standard
14405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14408 \begin_layout Standard
14414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14417 \begin_layout Standard
14431 \begin_layout Subsection
14435 \begin_layout Standard
14436 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14437 brings up the table dialog.
14438 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14439 where the cursor is placed currently.
14440 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14441 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14442 done on all of your selection.
14445 \begin_layout Standard
14446 Additionally to the table dialog the
14451 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14453 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14454 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14455 delete lines via the table
14459 \begin_layout Standard
14465 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14466 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14467 current cell respectively.
14468 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14470 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14471 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14473 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14474 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14481 \begin_layout Standard
14482 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14488 This will merge the cells to
14492 cell, spread over more than one column.
14493 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14494 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14495 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14496 in the last row without the upper border:
14499 \begin_layout Standard
14501 \begin_inset Tabular
14502 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14503 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14505 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14506 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14507 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14508 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14512 \begin_layout Standard
14518 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14521 \begin_layout Standard
14527 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14530 \begin_layout Standard
14536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14539 \begin_layout Standard
14546 <row topline="true">
14547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14550 \begin_layout Standard
14565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14568 \begin_layout Standard
14574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14577 \begin_layout Standard
14583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14586 \begin_layout Standard
14593 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14597 \begin_layout Standard
14603 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14606 \begin_layout Standard
14612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14615 \begin_layout Standard
14621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14624 \begin_layout Standard
14638 \begin_layout Standard
14639 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14640 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14641 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14642 explained in the tables section of the
14644 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14648 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14649 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14652 degrees counterclockwise.
14653 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14656 \begin_layout Standard
14657 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14660 \begin_layout Standard
14665 Most DVI-viewers are
14669 able to display rotations.
14677 \begin_layout Standard
14682 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14687 adds lines for all cell borders.
14690 \begin_layout Subsection
14692 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14693 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14698 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14706 \begin_layout Standard
14707 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14717 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14718 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14721 \begin_layout Description
14726 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14727 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14728 except for the first page, if
14736 \begin_layout Description
14742 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14743 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14746 \begin_layout Description
14751 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14752 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14753 except for the last page, if
14761 \begin_layout Description
14767 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14768 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14771 \begin_layout Standard
14772 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14773 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14774 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14775 The others will then be defined as
14780 In this context, first means first in this order:
14782 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14795 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14798 \begin_layout Standard
14800 \begin_inset Tabular
14801 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14802 <features islongtable="true">
14803 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14804 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14805 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14806 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14807 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14810 \begin_layout Standard
14813 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14818 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14821 \begin_layout Standard
14827 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14830 \begin_layout Standard
14837 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14838 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14841 \begin_layout Standard
14849 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14852 \begin_layout Standard
14858 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14861 \begin_layout Standard
14870 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14871 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14874 \begin_layout Standard
14882 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14885 \begin_layout Standard
14891 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14894 \begin_layout Standard
14901 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14902 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14905 \begin_layout Standard
14913 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14916 \begin_layout Standard
14922 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14925 \begin_layout Standard
14934 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14935 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14938 \begin_layout Standard
14946 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14949 \begin_layout Standard
14955 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14958 \begin_layout Standard
14965 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14969 \begin_layout Standard
14977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14980 \begin_layout Standard
14986 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14989 \begin_layout Standard
14996 <row bottomline="true">
14997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15000 \begin_layout Standard
15008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15011 \begin_layout Standard
15017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15020 \begin_layout Standard
15027 <row bottomline="true">
15028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15031 \begin_layout Standard
15039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15042 \begin_layout Standard
15048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15051 \begin_layout Standard
15058 <row bottomline="true">
15059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15062 \begin_layout Standard
15070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15073 \begin_layout Standard
15079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15082 \begin_layout Standard
15089 <row bottomline="true">
15090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15093 \begin_layout Standard
15101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15104 \begin_layout Standard
15110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15113 \begin_layout Standard
15120 <row bottomline="true">
15121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15124 \begin_layout Standard
15132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15135 \begin_layout Standard
15141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15144 \begin_layout Standard
15151 <row bottomline="true">
15152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15155 \begin_layout Standard
15163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15166 \begin_layout Standard
15172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15182 <row bottomline="true">
15183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15186 \begin_layout Standard
15194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15197 \begin_layout Standard
15203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15206 \begin_layout Standard
15213 <row bottomline="true">
15214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15217 \begin_layout Standard
15225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15228 \begin_layout Standard
15234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15237 \begin_layout Standard
15244 <row bottomline="true">
15245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15248 \begin_layout Standard
15256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15259 \begin_layout Standard
15265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15268 \begin_layout Standard
15275 <row bottomline="true">
15276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15279 \begin_layout Standard
15287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15290 \begin_layout Standard
15296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15299 \begin_layout Standard
15306 <row bottomline="true">
15307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15310 \begin_layout Standard
15318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15321 \begin_layout Standard
15327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15330 \begin_layout Standard
15337 <row bottomline="true">
15338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15341 \begin_layout Standard
15349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15352 \begin_layout Standard
15358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15361 \begin_layout Standard
15368 <row bottomline="true">
15369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15372 \begin_layout Standard
15380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15383 \begin_layout Standard
15389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15392 \begin_layout Standard
15399 <row bottomline="true">
15400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15403 \begin_layout Standard
15411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15414 \begin_layout Standard
15420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15423 \begin_layout Standard
15430 <row bottomline="true">
15431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15434 \begin_layout Standard
15442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15445 \begin_layout Standard
15451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15454 \begin_layout Standard
15461 <row bottomline="true">
15462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15465 \begin_layout Standard
15473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15476 \begin_layout Standard
15482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15485 \begin_layout Standard
15492 <row bottomline="true">
15493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15496 \begin_layout Standard
15504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15516 \begin_layout Standard
15523 <row bottomline="true">
15524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15527 \begin_layout Standard
15535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15538 \begin_layout Standard
15544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15547 \begin_layout Standard
15554 <row bottomline="true">
15555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15558 \begin_layout Standard
15566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15569 \begin_layout Standard
15575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15578 \begin_layout Standard
15585 <row bottomline="true">
15586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15589 \begin_layout Standard
15597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15600 \begin_layout Standard
15606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15609 \begin_layout Standard
15616 <row bottomline="true">
15617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15620 \begin_layout Standard
15628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15631 \begin_layout Standard
15637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15640 \begin_layout Standard
15647 <row bottomline="true">
15648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15651 \begin_layout Standard
15659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15662 \begin_layout Standard
15668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15671 \begin_layout Standard
15678 <row bottomline="true">
15679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15682 \begin_layout Standard
15690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15693 \begin_layout Standard
15699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15702 \begin_layout Standard
15709 <row bottomline="true">
15710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15713 \begin_layout Standard
15721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15724 \begin_layout Standard
15730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15733 \begin_layout Standard
15740 <row bottomline="true">
15741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15744 \begin_layout Standard
15752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15755 \begin_layout Standard
15761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15764 \begin_layout Standard
15771 <row bottomline="true">
15772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15775 \begin_layout Standard
15783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15786 \begin_layout Standard
15792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15795 \begin_layout Standard
15802 <row bottomline="true">
15803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15806 \begin_layout Standard
15814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15817 \begin_layout Standard
15823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15826 \begin_layout Standard
15833 <row bottomline="true">
15834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15837 \begin_layout Standard
15845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15848 \begin_layout Standard
15854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15857 \begin_layout Standard
15864 <row bottomline="true">
15865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15868 \begin_layout Standard
15876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15879 \begin_layout Standard
15885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15888 \begin_layout Standard
15895 <row bottomline="true">
15896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15899 \begin_layout Standard
15907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15910 \begin_layout Standard
15916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15919 \begin_layout Standard
15926 <row bottomline="true">
15927 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15930 \begin_layout Standard
15936 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15939 \begin_layout Standard
15945 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15948 \begin_layout Standard
15955 <row bottomline="true">
15956 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15959 \begin_layout Standard
15967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15970 \begin_layout Standard
15976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15979 \begin_layout Standard
15986 <row bottomline="true">
15987 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15990 \begin_layout Standard
15998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16001 \begin_layout Standard
16007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16010 \begin_layout Standard
16017 <row bottomline="true">
16018 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16021 \begin_layout Standard
16029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16032 \begin_layout Standard
16038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16041 \begin_layout Standard
16048 <row bottomline="true">
16049 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16052 \begin_layout Standard
16060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16063 \begin_layout Standard
16069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16072 \begin_layout Standard
16079 <row bottomline="true">
16080 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16083 \begin_layout Standard
16091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16094 \begin_layout Standard
16100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16103 \begin_layout Standard
16110 <row bottomline="true">
16111 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16114 \begin_layout Standard
16122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16125 \begin_layout Standard
16131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16134 \begin_layout Standard
16141 <row bottomline="true">
16142 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16145 \begin_layout Standard
16153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16156 \begin_layout Standard
16162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16165 \begin_layout Standard
16172 <row bottomline="true">
16173 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16176 \begin_layout Standard
16184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16187 \begin_layout Standard
16193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16196 \begin_layout Standard
16203 <row bottomline="true">
16204 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16207 \begin_layout Standard
16215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16218 \begin_layout Standard
16224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16227 \begin_layout Standard
16234 <row bottomline="true">
16235 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16238 \begin_layout Standard
16246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16249 \begin_layout Standard
16255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16258 \begin_layout Standard
16265 <row bottomline="true">
16266 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16269 \begin_layout Standard
16277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16280 \begin_layout Standard
16286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16289 \begin_layout Standard
16296 <row bottomline="true">
16297 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16300 \begin_layout Standard
16308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16311 \begin_layout Standard
16317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Standard
16327 <row bottomline="true">
16328 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16331 \begin_layout Standard
16339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16342 \begin_layout Standard
16348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16351 \begin_layout Standard
16358 <row bottomline="true">
16359 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16362 \begin_layout Standard
16370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16373 \begin_layout Standard
16379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16382 \begin_layout Standard
16389 <row bottomline="true">
16390 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout Standard
16401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16404 \begin_layout Standard
16410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16413 \begin_layout Standard
16420 <row bottomline="true">
16421 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16424 \begin_layout Standard
16432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Standard
16441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16444 \begin_layout Standard
16451 <row bottomline="true">
16452 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16455 \begin_layout Standard
16463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16466 \begin_layout Standard
16472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16475 \begin_layout Standard
16482 <row bottomline="true">
16483 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16486 \begin_layout Standard
16494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16497 \begin_layout Standard
16503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16506 \begin_layout Standard
16513 <row bottomline="true">
16514 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16517 \begin_layout Standard
16525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16528 \begin_layout Standard
16534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16537 \begin_layout Standard
16544 <row bottomline="true">
16545 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16548 \begin_layout Standard
16556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16559 \begin_layout Standard
16565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16568 \begin_layout Standard
16575 <row bottomline="true">
16576 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16579 \begin_layout Standard
16587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16590 \begin_layout Standard
16596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16599 \begin_layout Standard
16606 <row bottomline="true">
16607 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16610 \begin_layout Standard
16618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16621 \begin_layout Standard
16627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16630 \begin_layout Standard
16637 <row bottomline="true">
16638 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16641 \begin_layout Standard
16649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16652 \begin_layout Standard
16658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16661 \begin_layout Standard
16668 <row bottomline="true">
16669 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16672 \begin_layout Standard
16680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16683 \begin_layout Standard
16689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16692 \begin_layout Standard
16699 <row bottomline="true">
16700 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout Standard
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Standard
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Standard
16730 <row bottomline="true">
16731 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Standard
16742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Standard
16751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16754 \begin_layout Standard
16761 <row bottomline="true">
16762 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16765 \begin_layout Standard
16773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16776 \begin_layout Standard
16782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16785 \begin_layout Standard
16792 <row bottomline="true">
16793 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16796 \begin_layout Standard
16804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16816 \begin_layout Standard
16823 <row bottomline="true">
16824 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16827 \begin_layout Standard
16835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16838 \begin_layout Standard
16844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16847 \begin_layout Standard
16854 <row bottomline="true">
16855 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16858 \begin_layout Standard
16866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16869 \begin_layout Standard
16875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16878 \begin_layout Standard
16885 <row bottomline="true">
16886 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16889 \begin_layout Standard
16897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16900 \begin_layout Standard
16906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout Standard
16916 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16917 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16920 \begin_layout Standard
16928 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16931 \begin_layout Standard
16937 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout Standard
16954 \begin_layout Subsection
16956 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16957 name "Tables ! Cells"
16962 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16963 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16970 \begin_layout Standard
16971 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16972 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16973 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16974 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16978 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16979 for the cell's paragraph.
16982 \begin_layout Standard
16983 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16984 for the column in the table dialog.
16985 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16986 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16990 \begin_layout Standard
16992 \begin_inset Tabular
16993 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16996 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16997 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16998 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Standard
17017 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Standard
17035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Standard
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Standard
17073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17076 \begin_layout Standard
17086 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Standard
17110 <row bottomline="true">
17111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17114 \begin_layout Standard
17129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17132 \begin_layout Standard
17142 This is longer now.
17147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17150 \begin_layout Standard
17166 <row bottomline="true">
17167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17170 \begin_layout Standard
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Standard
17198 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17199 This is longer now.
17204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17207 \begin_layout Standard
17230 \begin_layout Standard
17231 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17232 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17233 Selection with the mouse or with
17237 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17238 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17239 the selection from outside the table.
17242 \begin_layout Section
17244 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17250 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17258 \begin_layout Standard
17259 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17260 have a fixed location.
17262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17269 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17276 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17279 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17280 too much notes at the page.
17283 \begin_layout Standard
17284 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17285 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17286 and pages without text.
17287 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17288 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17289 Floats are therefore numbered.
17290 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17292 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17293 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17300 \begin_layout Standard
17301 To insert a float, use the menu
17303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17307 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17313 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17318 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17319 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17321 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17322 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17323 name "Floats ! Captions"
17327 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17328 paragraph within the float.
17329 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17330 by left-clicking on the box label.
17331 A closed float box looks like this:
17332 \begin_inset Graphics
17333 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17340 -- a gray button with a red label.
17343 \begin_layout Standard
17344 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17345 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17348 \begin_layout Subsection
17352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17354 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17355 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17360 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17361 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17368 \begin_layout Standard
17371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17372 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17375 inserts a float with the label
17376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17381 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17389 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17390 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17391 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17393 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17394 reference "cap:Platypus"
17399 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17400 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17401 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17403 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17404 reference "cap:Escher"
17411 \begin_layout Standard
17412 \begin_inset Float figure
17417 \begin_layout Standard
17419 \begin_inset Graphics
17420 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17425 rotateOrigin center
17432 \begin_layout Standard
17433 \begin_inset Caption
17435 \begin_layout Standard
17436 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17437 name "cap:Platypus"
17441 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17454 \begin_layout Standard
17455 \begin_inset Float figure
17460 \begin_layout Standard
17461 \begin_inset Caption
17463 \begin_layout Standard
17464 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17478 \begin_layout Standard
17480 \begin_inset Graphics
17481 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17486 rotateOrigin center
17498 \begin_layout Standard
17499 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17501 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17503 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17504 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17508 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17513 and refer to it using the menu
17515 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17519 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17528 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17540 \begin_layout Standard
17541 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17542 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17543 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17549 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17553 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17554 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17556 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17557 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17561 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17562 You can also set the images one below the other.
17565 \begin_layout Standard
17566 \begin_inset Float figure
17571 \begin_layout Standard
17575 \begin_inset Graphics
17576 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17581 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17588 \begin_inset Graphics
17589 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17595 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17604 \begin_layout Standard
17605 \begin_inset Caption
17607 \begin_layout Standard
17608 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17609 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17613 Two distorted images.
17626 \begin_layout Standard
17627 Note that the caption is added to the
17633 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17635 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17636 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17645 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17646 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17651 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17652 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17659 \begin_layout Standard
17660 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17662 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17663 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17667 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17671 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17672 reference "cap:Table-float"
17676 is an example of a table float.
17679 \begin_layout Standard
17680 \begin_inset Float table
17685 \begin_layout Standard
17686 \begin_inset Caption
17688 \begin_layout Standard
17689 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17690 name "cap:Table-float"
17702 \begin_layout Standard
17704 \begin_inset Tabular
17705 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17707 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17708 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17709 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17710 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Standard
17729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Standard
17747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17750 \begin_layout Standard
17766 <row topline="true">
17767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17770 \begin_layout Standard
17785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17788 \begin_layout Standard
17803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17806 \begin_layout Standard
17822 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17826 \begin_layout Standard
17836 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Standard
17857 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17859 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17870 \begin_layout Standard
17880 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17903 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17904 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17911 \begin_layout Standard
17912 This float type is inserted with the menu
17914 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17915 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17919 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17920 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17924 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17926 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17927 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17934 \begin_layout Standard
17935 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17938 \begin_layout Standard
17943 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17949 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17952 \begin_layout Standard
17957 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17961 \begin_layout Standard
17962 to the document preamble (menu
17964 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17988 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17990 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17991 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17996 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17997 name "sec:floatflt"
18004 \begin_layout Standard
18005 This float type is used if you want to
18006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18013 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
18015 It can be inserted using the menu
18016 \begin_inset Wrap figure
18023 \begin_layout Standard
18024 \begin_inset Graphics
18025 filename clipart/mobius.eps
18030 rotateOrigin center
18037 \begin_layout Standard
18038 \begin_inset Caption
18040 \begin_layout Standard
18041 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18042 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
18046 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
18048 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18063 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18064 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18069 if the LaTeX-package
18074 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18075 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
18083 \begin_layout Standard
18084 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
18094 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
18096 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18098 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18099 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
18103 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
18104 wrap float with a width of 40
18105 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
18112 \begin_layout Standard
18113 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
18115 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18116 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
18125 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
18129 \begin_layout Standard
18134 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18135 If you need this, read the documentation of
18140 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18148 \begin_layout Standard
18149 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18152 \begin_layout Standard
18158 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18159 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18160 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18161 over some other text.
18165 \begin_layout Standard
18166 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18171 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18172 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18180 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18193 \begin_layout Itemize
18194 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18195 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18196 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18197 breaks will appear.
18200 \begin_layout Itemize
18201 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18202 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18205 \begin_layout Itemize
18206 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18207 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18210 \begin_layout Itemize
18211 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18214 \begin_layout Subsection
18216 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18217 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18222 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18223 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18230 \begin_layout Standard
18231 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18232 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18235 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18241 \begin_layout Standard
18242 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18243 a two-column document).
18244 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18245 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18252 \begin_layout Standard
18253 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18254 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18256 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18257 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18261 is an example of a rotated table float.
18264 \begin_layout Standard
18265 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18268 \begin_layout Standard
18273 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18281 \begin_layout Standard
18282 \begin_inset Float table
18287 \begin_layout Standard
18288 \begin_inset Caption
18290 \begin_layout Standard
18291 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18292 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18304 \begin_layout Standard
18306 \begin_inset Tabular
18307 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18310 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18311 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18314 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Standard
18324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout Standard
18333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout Standard
18342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18345 \begin_layout Standard
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Standard
18373 \begin_layout Subsection
18375 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18376 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18381 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18382 name "Floats ! Placement"
18389 \begin_layout Standard
18390 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18391 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18398 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18399 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18404 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18407 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18409 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18410 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18417 \begin_layout Standard
18418 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18419 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18422 default\InsetSpace ~
18428 \begin_layout Description
18431 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18434 \begin_layout Description
18437 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18440 \begin_layout Description
18441 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18443 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18446 \begin_layout Description
18449 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18452 \begin_layout Standard
18453 The order of the above option is
18458 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18471 , and then the others.
18472 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18474 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18475 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18478 \begin_layout Standard
18479 By default, each options has its own rules:
18482 \begin_layout Standard
18489 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18490 % of the page can be placed at the top
18494 \begin_layout Standard
18497 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18501 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18502 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18506 \begin_layout Standard
18513 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18514 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18515 can be set together on a page.
18518 \begin_layout Standard
18519 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18522 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18529 \begin_layout Standard
18530 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18531 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18532 For this case you can use the option
18538 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18540 Because the float is then no longer able to
18541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18548 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18551 \begin_layout Standard
18552 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18553 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18556 \begin_layout Standard
18557 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18559 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18560 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18567 \begin_layout Section
18569 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18575 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18576 name "sec:Minipages"
18583 \begin_layout Standard
18584 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18586 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18591 \begin_layout Standard
18592 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18594 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18598 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18599 and its alignment within the page.
18602 \begin_layout Standard
18604 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18613 height_special "totalheight"
18616 \begin_layout Standard
18619 This is a minipage.
18620 The text is set in an italic style.
18623 \begin_layout Standard
18626 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18627 another formatting.
18635 \begin_layout Standard
18636 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18639 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18643 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18645 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18646 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18651 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18657 \begin_layout Standard
18658 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18667 height_special "totalheight"
18670 \begin_layout Standard
18671 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18672 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18680 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18689 height_special "totalheight"
18692 \begin_layout Standard
18693 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18694 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18702 \begin_layout Standard
18703 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18709 \begin_layout Standard
18710 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18711 to other box types.
18712 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18723 \begin_layout Chapter
18724 Mathematical Formulas
18725 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18731 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18732 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18737 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18738 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18745 \begin_layout Section
18747 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18748 name "Math ! Basics"
18755 \begin_layout Standard
18756 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18757 \begin_inset Graphics
18758 filename ../images/math-mode.png
18765 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18767 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18768 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18769 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18777 \begin_layout Standard
18778 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18784 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18787 \begin_layout Standard
18788 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18789 line, like this one:
18792 \begin_layout Standard
18793 This is a line with an inline formula
18794 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18800 \begin_layout Standard
18801 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18803 \begin_inset Formula \[
18808 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18811 \begin_layout Standard
18812 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18828 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18829 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18833 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18841 \begin_layout Subsection
18842 Navigating in Formulas
18843 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18844 name "Math ! Navigating"
18851 \begin_layout Standard
18852 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18853 achieved with the arrow keys.
18854 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18855 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18860 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18861 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18865 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18869 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18871 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18879 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18884 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18885 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18888 \begin_layout Standard
18893 , printed in this document as
18894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18901 \begin_layout Standard
18911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18915 \begin_inset Note Note
18918 \begin_layout Standard
18919 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18920 space character (visible space).
18925 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18926 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18927 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18932 For example, if you want
18933 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18944 \begin_layout Standard
18963 \begin_layout Standard
18976 \begin_layout Standard
18987 , since in the latter case only the
18990 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18995 will be under the square root sign:
18996 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
19002 \begin_layout Standard
19003 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
19005 \begin_inset Formula \[
19006 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19009 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
19013 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
19014 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
19017 \begin_layout Subsection
19021 \begin_layout Standard
19022 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
19023 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
19027 and a cursor movement key to select text.
19028 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
19029 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
19030 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
19031 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
19034 \begin_layout Subsection
19035 Exponents and Subscripts
19036 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19037 name "Math ! Exponents"
19042 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19043 name "Math ! Subscripts"
19050 \begin_layout Standard
19051 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
19052 way is to use a command.
19054 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
19057 , type in a formula
19063 \begin_layout Standard
19079 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
19085 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
19089 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
19098 \begin_layout Standard
19110 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
19112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19119 , you have to use an extra
19123 to separate the hat and the character.
19126 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19135 \begin_layout Standard
19147 Subscripts are similar: To get
19148 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19157 \begin_layout Standard
19171 \begin_layout Subsection
19173 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19174 name "Math ! Fractions"
19181 \begin_layout Standard
19182 Create a fraction with either the command
19189 \begin_inset Graphics
19190 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19203 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19204 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19205 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19210 To move back up, press
19215 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19216 \begin_inset Formula \[
19217 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19219 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19226 \begin_layout Subsection
19228 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19229 name "Math ! Roots"
19236 \begin_layout Standard
19237 Roots can be created using the
19243 \begin_inset Graphics
19244 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19269 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19275 produces always a square root.
19278 \begin_layout Subsection
19279 Operators with Limits
19280 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19286 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19287 name "Math ! Integrals"
19292 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19293 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19300 \begin_layout Standard
19302 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19306 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19309 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19310 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19311 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19312 The sum operator will automatically place its
19313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19320 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19323 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19327 \begin_inset Formula \[
19328 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19332 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19336 \begin_layout Standard
19337 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19339 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19340 behind the operator and hitting
19346 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19347 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19348 Change\InsetSpace ~
19349 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19355 \begin_layout Standard
19356 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19364 feature as addition, such as
19365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19366 name "Math ! Limits"
19371 \begin_inset Formula \[
19372 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19376 which will place the
19377 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19389 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19390 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19396 \begin_layout Standard
19397 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19404 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19406 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19407 reference "sub:Functions"
19411 for an explanation of function macros.
19414 \begin_layout Subsection
19416 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19417 name "Math ! Symbols"
19424 \begin_layout Standard
19425 Most math symbols can be found in the
19430 under one of several categories; including
19447 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19451 \begin_layout Standard
19452 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19453 you don't have to use the
19458 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19459 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19462 \begin_layout Subsection
19464 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19465 name "Math ! Spaces"
19470 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19471 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19478 \begin_layout Standard
19479 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19491 \begin_inset Graphics
19492 filename ../images/math/space.png
19499 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19500 Here a example for the sequence
19505 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19509 \begin_inset Graphics
19510 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19517 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19518 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19519 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19520 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19525 \begin_layout Standard
19535 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19541 \begin_layout Standard
19551 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19557 \begin_layout Subsection
19559 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19560 name "Math ! Functions"
19565 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19566 name "sub:Functions"
19573 \begin_layout Standard
19579 contains under the button
19580 \begin_inset Graphics
19581 filename ../images/math/functions.png
19587 a number of functions, such as
19588 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19592 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19600 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19607 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19608 avoid confusions, because
19609 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19613 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19619 \begin_layout Standard
19620 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19622 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19626 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19632 \begin_layout Standard
19633 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19634 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19636 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19637 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19644 \begin_layout Subsection
19646 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19647 name "Math ! Accents"
19654 \begin_layout Standard
19655 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19657 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19658 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19660 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19663 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19664 Our example is entered by typing
19672 \begin_layout Standard
19686 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19687 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19691 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19694 \begin_layout Standard
19695 \begin_inset Float table
19700 \begin_layout Standard
19701 \begin_inset Caption
19703 \begin_layout Standard
19704 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19705 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19709 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19717 \begin_layout Standard
19719 \begin_inset Tabular
19720 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19723 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19724 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19725 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19729 \begin_layout Standard
19735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Standard
19744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19747 \begin_layout Standard
19763 <row topline="true">
19764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19767 \begin_layout Standard
19782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19785 \begin_layout Standard
19795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19798 \begin_layout Standard
19808 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19817 <row topline="true">
19818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19821 \begin_layout Standard
19836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19839 \begin_layout Standard
19849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19852 \begin_layout Standard
19862 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19871 <row topline="true">
19872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19875 \begin_layout Standard
19890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19893 \begin_layout Standard
19903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19906 \begin_layout Standard
19916 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19925 <row topline="true">
19926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19929 \begin_layout Standard
19944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19947 \begin_layout Standard
19957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19960 \begin_layout Standard
19970 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19979 <row topline="true">
19980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19983 \begin_layout Standard
19998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20001 \begin_layout Standard
20011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20014 \begin_layout Standard
20024 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
20033 <row topline="true">
20034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20037 \begin_layout Standard
20052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20055 \begin_layout Standard
20065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20068 \begin_layout Standard
20078 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
20087 <row topline="true">
20088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20091 \begin_layout Standard
20106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20109 \begin_layout Standard
20119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20122 \begin_layout Standard
20132 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
20141 <row topline="true">
20142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20145 \begin_layout Standard
20160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20163 \begin_layout Standard
20173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20176 \begin_layout Standard
20186 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20195 <row topline="true">
20196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20199 \begin_layout Standard
20214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20217 \begin_layout Standard
20227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20230 \begin_layout Standard
20240 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20249 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20253 \begin_layout Standard
20259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20262 \begin_layout Standard
20272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20285 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20306 \begin_layout Standard
20307 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20313 \begin_inset Graphics
20314 filename ../images/math/hat.png
20320 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
20324 \begin_layout Section
20325 Brackets and Delimiters
20326 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20327 name "Math ! Brackets"
20332 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20333 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20338 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20339 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20346 \begin_layout Standard
20347 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20348 For most purposes, using just the keys
20353 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20354 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20360 \begin_inset Graphics
20361 filename ../images/math/delim.png
20368 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20370 \begin_inset Formula \[
20371 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20373 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20377 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20378 \begin_inset Formula \[
20379 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20386 \begin_layout Standard
20387 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20388 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20391 \begin_layout Standard
20392 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20393 left side and right side.
20394 If you use the option
20399 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20400 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20401 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20402 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20405 \begin_layout Standard
20406 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20407 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20408 inside the brackets.
20409 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20414 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20417 \begin_layout Standard
20418 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20429 \begin_layout Section
20431 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20432 name "Math ! Grouping"
20437 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20438 name "sec:Grouping"
20445 \begin_layout Standard
20446 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20447 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20458 \begin_layout Standard
20459 \begin_inset Formula \[
20460 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20467 \begin_layout Standard
20468 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20483 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20484 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20485 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20488 \begin_layout Section
20489 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20490 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20491 name "Math ! Arrays"
20496 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20497 name "Math ! Matrices"
20502 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20503 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20510 \begin_layout Standard
20511 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20517 \begin_inset Graphics
20518 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
20525 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20526 Here is an example:
20527 \begin_inset Formula \[
20528 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20531 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20535 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20537 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20538 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20543 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20544 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20545 This alignment is set in the box
20550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20598 for every column as default.
20599 For example, the sequence
20600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20611 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20612 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20613 corresponds to the relevant column.
20614 The result will look like this:
20615 \begin_inset Formula \[
20617 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20618 column & has & has\, right\\
20619 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20626 \begin_layout Standard
20627 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20631 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20632 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20634 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20640 \begin_layout Standard
20641 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20642 It can be created with the menu
20644 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20645 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20657 \begin_inset Formula \[
20661 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20668 \begin_layout Standard
20669 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20672 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20680 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20689 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20697 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20698 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20699 A new row is created by every further hit of
20707 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20708 Here is an example:
20709 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20710 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20711 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20715 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20716 where you want to start the shift and hit
20721 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20722 position to the next column.
20723 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20724 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20725 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20726 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20733 \begin_layout Standard
20734 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20741 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20742 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20743 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20744 reference "eq:asquared"
20749 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20751 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20752 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20759 \begin_layout Section
20760 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20761 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20762 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20767 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20768 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20773 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20774 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20781 \begin_layout Standard
20782 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20784 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20785 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20786 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20795 The formula number appears in LyX as
20796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20803 within parentheses.
20805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20812 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20814 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20815 the document class.
20816 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20817 separated by a dot:
20818 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20819 1+1=2\end{equation}
20828 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20829 You can only number displayed formulas.
20832 \begin_layout Standard
20833 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20835 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20836 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20837 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20838 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20847 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20848 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20850 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20851 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20855 To number all lines use the shortcut
20863 \begin_layout Standard
20864 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20867 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20868 A label is inserted with the menu
20870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20873 when the cursor is in the formula.
20874 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20875 It is recommended to use the proposed
20876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20887 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20888 type when you have many labels in your document.
20889 We inserted in the following example the label
20890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20897 in the second line:
20898 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20899 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20900 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20904 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20905 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20915 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20922 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20923 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20924 as the formula number:
20927 \begin_layout Standard
20928 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20929 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20930 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20938 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20940 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20941 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20946 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20952 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20956 \begin_layout Standard
20957 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20965 \begin_layout Section
20966 User defined math macros
20967 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20968 name "Math ! Macros"
20975 \begin_layout Standard
20976 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20977 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20978 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20981 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20982 \begin_inset Formula \[
20983 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20987 The general form of its solution is:
20988 \begin_inset Formula \[
20989 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20996 \begin_layout Standard
20997 The macro should print the parameters
20998 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
21002 \begin_inset Formula $p$
21006 \begin_inset Formula $q$
21009 like in the equation above.
21012 \begin_layout Standard
21013 A macro is created by executing the command
21016 \begin_layout Standard
21023 \begin_layout Standard
21036 \begin_layout Standard
21045 Number\InsetSpace ~
21050 \begin_layout Standard
21051 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
21052 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
21053 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
21054 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
21058 \begin_layout Standard
21059 We have three arguments and name the macro
21060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21067 , so that the command is:
21070 \begin_layout Standard
21077 \begin_layout Standard
21090 \begin_layout Standard
21102 \begin_layout Standard
21103 This results in the following macro definition box:
21104 \begin_inset Graphics
21105 filename clipart/macrobox.png
21112 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
21113 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21114 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
21118 \begin_inset Note Note
21121 \begin_layout Standard
21122 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
21123 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
21131 \begin_layout Standard
21132 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
21133 the math panel or commands.
21134 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
21135 followed by the argument number, e.g.
21137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21146 for the first argument.
21147 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
21148 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
21149 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
21150 in LyX with its full size.
21151 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21152 In our example we insert the sequence
21182 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21185 \begin_layout Standard
21186 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21201 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21204 \begin_layout Standard
21206 \begin_inset Graphics
21207 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21216 \begin_layout Standard
21217 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21218 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21219 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21220 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21221 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21224 \begin_layout Standard
21225 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21226 to the new definition.
21227 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21228 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21232 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21236 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21240 \begin_inset Formula \[
21241 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21248 \begin_layout Standard
21249 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21253 \begin_layout Standard
21272 \begin_layout Standard
21287 \begin_layout Standard
21298 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21301 \begin_layout Standard
21302 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21303 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21304 definition box in your document.
21305 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21307 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21309 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21314 \begin_layout Section
21318 \begin_layout Subsection
21320 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21321 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21328 \begin_layout Standard
21329 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21330 To set a font in a formula, use the
21336 \begin_inset Graphics
21337 filename ../images/math/font.png
21343 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21345 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21346 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21353 \begin_layout Standard
21354 \begin_inset Float table
21359 \begin_layout Standard
21360 \begin_inset Caption
21362 \begin_layout Standard
21363 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21364 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21368 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21376 \begin_layout Standard
21378 \begin_inset Tabular
21379 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21382 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21383 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21387 \begin_layout Standard
21393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21396 \begin_layout Standard
21403 <row topline="true">
21404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21407 \begin_layout Standard
21414 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21425 \begin_layout Standard
21436 <row topline="true">
21437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21440 \begin_layout Standard
21441 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21452 \begin_layout Standard
21463 <row topline="true">
21464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21467 \begin_layout Standard
21468 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21479 \begin_layout Standard
21490 <row topline="true">
21491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21494 \begin_layout Standard
21501 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21512 \begin_layout Standard
21523 <row topline="true">
21524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21527 \begin_layout Standard
21528 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21539 \begin_layout Standard
21550 <row topline="true">
21551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21554 \begin_layout Standard
21555 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21566 \begin_layout Standard
21577 <row topline="true">
21578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21581 \begin_layout Standard
21589 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21600 \begin_layout Standard
21611 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21615 \begin_layout Standard
21616 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21627 \begin_layout Standard
21650 \begin_layout Standard
21651 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21654 \begin_layout Standard
21659 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21675 \begin_layout Standard
21676 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21677 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21682 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21683 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21684 Here an example where a
21685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21696 denotes the set of numbers:
21697 \begin_inset Formula \[
21698 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21705 \begin_layout Standard
21706 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21717 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21722 So better don't use this feature.
21725 \begin_layout Standard
21726 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21727 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21732 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21738 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21739 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21745 \begin_layout Standard
21752 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21755 \begin_layout Standard
21756 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21758 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21759 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21766 \begin_layout Subsection
21768 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21776 \begin_layout Standard
21777 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21779 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21782 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21792 \begin_inset Graphics
21793 filename ../images/math/font.png
21799 (alternatively the shortcut
21805 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21806 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21807 Here is an example:
21808 \begin_inset Formula \[
21810 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21811 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21818 \begin_layout Subsection
21820 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21821 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21828 \begin_layout Standard
21829 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21830 automatically chosen in most situations.
21848 For most characters,
21856 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21857 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21862 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21863 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21864 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21865 \begin_inset Graphics
21866 filename ../images/math/style.png
21873 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21874 For example, you can set
21875 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21878 , which is normally in
21887 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21891 The four styles are used in the following example:
21894 \begin_layout Standard
21895 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21899 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21903 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21907 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21913 \begin_layout Standard
21914 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21915 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21917 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21921 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21922 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21923 will be adjusted to correspond.
21924 As example a formula in the font size
21925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21935 \begin_layout Standard
21939 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21945 \begin_layout Section
21947 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21953 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21961 \begin_layout Standard
21962 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21963 (AMS) that are in common use.
21966 \begin_layout Subsection
21967 Enabling AMS-Support
21970 \begin_layout Standard
21971 Selecting the checkbox
21980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21984 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21985 name "Document ! Settings"
21994 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21996 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21997 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
22000 \begin_layout Subsection
22002 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22003 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22008 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22009 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
22016 \begin_layout Standard
22017 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
22018 LyX allows you to choose between
22039 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
22042 \begin_layout Chapter
22046 \begin_layout Section
22048 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22049 name "Cross references"
22054 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22055 name "sec:Cross-References"
22062 \begin_layout Standard
22063 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
22064 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
22066 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
22067 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
22068 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
22071 \begin_layout Enumerate
22075 \begin_layout Enumerate
22076 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22077 name "enu:Second-item"
22084 \begin_layout Enumerate
22088 \begin_layout Standard
22089 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
22091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22094 or the by pressing the toolbar button
22095 \begin_inset Graphics
22096 filename ../images/label-insert.png
22104 A grey label box like this:
22105 \begin_inset Graphics
22106 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
22113 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
22114 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
22116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22149 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
22150 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
22151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22165 \begin_layout Standard
22166 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22171 or the toolbar button
22172 \begin_inset Graphics
22173 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22181 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22182 \begin_inset Graphics
22183 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22190 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22192 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22205 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22207 Here is our cross-reference:
22210 \begin_layout Standard
22213 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22214 reference "enu:Second-item"
22221 \begin_layout Standard
22222 It is recommended to use a protected space
22226 \begin_layout Standard
22227 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22229 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22230 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22239 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22243 \begin_layout Standard
22244 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22247 \begin_layout Description
22248 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22249 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22250 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22257 \begin_layout Description
22258 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22259 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22269 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22270 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22277 \begin_layout Description
22278 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22280 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22281 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22288 \begin_layout Description
22291 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22292 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22293 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22300 \begin_layout Description
22301 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22304 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22306 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22307 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22314 \begin_layout Description
22315 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22316 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22319 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22322 \begin_layout Standard
22327 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22330 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22331 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22345 \begin_layout Standard
22346 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22347 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22348 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22365 \begin_layout Standard
22366 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22367 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22368 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22372 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22376 \begin_layout Standard
22377 You can only use the style
22381 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22385 is always possible.
22388 \begin_layout Standard
22389 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22390 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22391 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22392 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22394 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22395 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22402 \begin_layout Standard
22409 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22410 The button text changes then to
22415 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22416 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22417 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22421 \begin_layout Standard
22422 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22423 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22424 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22427 \begin_layout Standard
22428 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22429 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22432 \begin_layout Standard
22433 References are described in detail in the
22440 \begin_layout Section
22441 Table of Contents and other Listings
22442 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22443 name "Table of contents"
22448 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22454 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22462 \begin_layout Subsection
22463 Table of Contents and Outline
22464 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22465 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22472 \begin_layout Standard
22473 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22476 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22482 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22483 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22484 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22485 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22492 \begin_layout Standard
22493 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22494 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22495 in section\InsetSpace ~
22497 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22498 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22502 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22503 Section\InsetSpace ~
22505 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22506 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22510 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22512 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22513 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22514 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22517 \begin_layout Standard
22518 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22520 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22528 \begin_layout Subsection
22529 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22530 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22538 \begin_layout Standard
22539 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22540 You can insert them via the
22542 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22548 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22551 \begin_layout Section
22552 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22553 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22559 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22567 \begin_layout Standard
22568 It is often desirable to include long
22569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22576 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22577 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22578 to typeset properly.
22579 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22580 resulting in an overfull line.
22581 To avoid this, use the menu
22583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22586 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22589 \begin_layout Standard
22590 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22594 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22599 \begin_layout Standard
22600 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22601 name "LyX-Homepage"
22602 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22609 \begin_layout Standard
22610 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22620 \begin_layout Itemize
22621 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22622 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22636 \begin_layout Itemize
22637 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22640 \begin_layout Section
22642 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22648 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22649 name "sec:Appendices"
22656 \begin_layout Standard
22657 Appendices are created with the menu
22659 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22661 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22665 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22666 as appendix region.
22667 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22670 \begin_layout Standard
22671 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22672 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22673 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22674 and the subsection number.
22675 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22679 \begin_layout Standard
22680 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22682 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22683 reference "cha:Credits"
22687 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22689 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22690 reference "sub:Export"
22697 \begin_layout Section
22699 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22700 name "Bibliography"
22705 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22706 name "sec:Bibliography"
22713 \begin_layout Standard
22714 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22715 You can include a bibliography database
22719 \begin_layout Standard
22720 Known under the name
22721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22733 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22735 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22739 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22741 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22742 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22749 \begin_layout Standard
22754 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22756 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22765 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22767 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22776 , a short form of its title, as key.
22779 \begin_layout Standard
22780 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22785 or the toobar button
22786 \begin_inset Graphics
22787 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
22790 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22795 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22796 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22797 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22798 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22802 \begin_layout Standard
22803 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22804 with surrounding brackets.
22809 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22810 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22822 \begin_layout Standard
22825 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22828 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22829 key "latexcompanion"
22836 \begin_layout Standard
22837 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22838 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22846 \begin_layout Subsection
22847 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22848 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22849 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22854 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22855 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22860 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22861 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22868 \begin_layout Standard
22869 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22871 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22873 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22874 your working field in a database.
22875 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22876 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22879 \begin_layout Standard
22880 The database is a text file with the file extension
22881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22892 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22893 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22894 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22895 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22900 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22904 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22905 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22911 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22914 \begin_layout Standard
22915 To use a database, use the menu
22917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22922 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22927 \begin_layout Standard
22938 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22939 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22942 \begin_layout Standard
22943 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22955 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22956 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22957 take care of the layout.
22960 \begin_layout Standard
22961 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22964 \begin_layout Standard
22965 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22971 \begin_layout Standard
22972 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22974 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22985 \begin_layout Standard
23000 \begin_layout Standard
23011 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
23019 \begin_layout Standard
23020 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
23026 \begin_layout Standard
23027 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
23028 the two methods of creating them.
23029 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
23030 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
23031 We used the style file
23035 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
23038 \begin_layout Subsection
23039 Bibliography layout
23040 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23041 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
23048 \begin_layout Standard
23049 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
23050 For this feature you need to use the option
23056 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23060 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23061 name "Document ! Settings"
23070 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
23071 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
23072 in the previous section.
23075 \begin_layout Standard
23076 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
23077 in the citation reference window.
23078 Here an example where we set the text
23079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23082 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
23084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23087 to appear after the reference:
23090 \begin_layout Standard
23092 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23094 key "latexcompanion"
23101 \begin_layout Section
23103 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23104 name "Index generation"
23109 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23117 \begin_layout Standard
23118 An index entry is created if you use the menu
23120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23124 or the toolbar button
23125 \begin_inset Graphics
23126 filename ../images/index-insert.png
23129 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23146 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
23147 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
23148 by LyX as index entry.
23151 \begin_layout Standard
23152 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23155 \begin_layout Standard
23160 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
23161 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
23166 Therefore you cannot insert
23169 \begin_layout Standard
23175 \begin_layout Standard
23176 to an index entry field, because the
23177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23184 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
23186 The correct entry is
23189 \begin_layout Standard
23197 \begin_layout Standard
23198 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23199 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23200 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23201 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23203 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23204 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23211 \begin_layout Standard
23212 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23215 \begin_layout Standard
23216 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23221 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23226 A light blue box labeled
23227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23238 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23239 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23242 \begin_layout Subsection
23243 Grouping Index Entries
23244 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23245 name "Index ! Grouping"
23252 \begin_layout Standard
23253 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23255 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23256 lists under the entry
23257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23265 First we create the entry
23266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23273 in section\InsetSpace ~
23275 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23276 reference "sub:Lists"
23281 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23283 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23284 reference "sec:Itemize"
23288 , we insert the command
23291 \begin_layout Standard
23297 \begin_layout Standard
23301 \begin_layout Standard
23307 \begin_layout Standard
23308 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23310 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23311 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23318 \begin_layout Standard
23319 The exclamation mark
23320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23327 marks the grouping levels.
23328 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23329 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23330 If we don't have an index entry for
23331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23338 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23341 \begin_layout Subsection
23343 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23344 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23351 \begin_layout Standard
23352 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23354 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23355 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23356 in section\InsetSpace ~
23358 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23359 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23366 \begin_layout Standard
23369 Paragraph environments|(
23372 \begin_layout Standard
23373 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23375 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23376 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23383 \begin_layout Standard
23386 Paragraph environments|)
23389 \begin_layout Standard
23391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23414 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23415 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23416 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23417 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23418 An example is the index entry
23419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23422 Document ! Settings
23423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23429 \begin_layout Subsection
23431 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23432 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23439 \begin_layout Standard
23440 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23441 We referred for example in the index entry
23442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23449 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23451 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23452 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23456 ) to the index entry
23457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23464 in the same section using the command
23467 \begin_layout Standard
23470 GIF|see{Image formats}
23473 \begin_layout Standard
23474 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23475 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23478 \begin_layout Subsection
23480 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23481 name "Index ! Entry order"
23488 \begin_layout Standard
23489 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23490 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23491 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23495 \begin_layout Standard
23496 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23497 section\InsetSpace ~
23499 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23500 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23509 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23510 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23535 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23536 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23541 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23542 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23547 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23548 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23552 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23553 order maïs, maison, maître.
23554 To achieve this, we use the command
23557 \begin_layout Standard
23560 previous entry@current entry
23563 \begin_layout Standard
23564 In our case we want to have
23565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23580 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23583 \begin_layout Standard
23589 \begin_layout Standard
23590 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23591 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23595 \begin_layout Subsection
23597 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23598 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23605 \begin_layout Standard
23606 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23607 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23610 \begin_layout Standard
23615 textit{This is an italic entry}
23618 \begin_layout Standard
23625 produces the italic layout.
23626 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23627 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23631 We refer to LaTeX books (
23632 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23633 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23637 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23638 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23639 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23643 \begin_layout Standard
23648 textit{This is an italic entry}
23651 \begin_layout Standard
23652 You can also format the page number using the character
23653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23660 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23661 We can write for example
23664 \begin_layout Standard
23667 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23670 \begin_layout Standard
23671 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23672 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23673 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23677 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23694 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23698 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23700 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23701 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23705 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23708 \begin_layout Standard
23709 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23711 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23712 for all index entries.
23715 \begin_layout Subsection
23717 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23718 name "Index ! Program"
23723 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23724 name "sub:Index-Program"
23731 \begin_layout Standard
23732 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23737 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
23738 see section\InsetSpace ~
23740 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23741 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
23746 The available options are listed and explained in
23747 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23755 \begin_layout Standard
23756 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23764 \begin_layout Section
23765 Nomenclature / Glossary
23766 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23767 name "Nomenclature"
23772 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23773 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23778 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23779 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23786 \begin_layout Standard
23787 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23788 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23792 \begin_layout Standard
23793 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23796 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23797 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23804 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23805 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23810 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23813 \begin_layout Standard
23814 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23815 and then use the menu
23817 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23822 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23825 or the toobar button
23826 \begin_inset Graphics
23827 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
23830 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23847 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23850 \begin_layout Standard
23851 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23852 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23853 The second is the description of the symbol.
23856 \begin_layout Standard
23857 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23860 \begin_layout Standard
23865 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23866 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23874 \begin_layout Subsection
23875 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23876 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23877 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23884 \begin_layout Standard
23885 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23889 field as LaTeX-formula.
23891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23895 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23920 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23921 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23933 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23943 \begin_layout Standard
23944 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23946 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23947 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23954 \begin_layout Standard
23960 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23961 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23966 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23973 in this document is:
23977 dummy entry for the character
23999 font use the command
24028 \begin_layout Subsection
24029 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
24030 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24031 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
24038 \begin_layout Standard
24039 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
24040 the symbol definition.
24041 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
24042 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
24045 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
24047 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
24054 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24058 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
24061 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
24066 They will be sorted by
24067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24093 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24096 will be sorted before the
24100 since the character
24101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24108 is considered in sorting.
24111 \begin_layout Standard
24112 To control the sort order, you can edit the
24117 field of the nomenclature dialog.
24118 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
24120 For the given example, you can insert
24124 to this field for the
24125 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24132 will be located before
24133 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24139 \begin_layout Standard
24140 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
24145 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24153 \begin_layout Subsection
24154 Nomenclature Options
24155 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24156 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
24163 \begin_layout Standard
24168 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
24169 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
24172 \begin_layout Description
24173 refeq Appends the phrase
24174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24189 to every nomenclature entry, where
24195 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24198 \begin_layout Description
24199 refpage Appends the phrase
24200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24215 to every nomenclature entry, where
24221 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24224 \begin_layout Description
24225 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24228 \begin_layout Standard
24229 There are furthermore the options
24273 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24278 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24279 class options list in the
24281 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24285 In this document the options
24296 \begin_layout Standard
24297 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24303 \begin_layout Standard
24304 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24305 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24310 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24313 \begin_layout Description
24323 \begin_layout Description
24326 nomrefpage Like the
24333 \begin_layout Description
24336 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24345 \begin_layout Description
24348 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24351 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24354 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24357 \begin_layout Subsection
24358 Printing the Nomenclature
24359 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24360 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24367 \begin_layout Standard
24368 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24373 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24377 A light blue box labeled
24378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24389 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24390 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24394 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24403 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24411 For example, in order to change the name to
24415 , add the following line to the preamble:
24418 \begin_layout Standard
24426 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24429 \begin_layout Standard
24430 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24436 \begin_layout Standard
24437 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24438 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24441 \begin_layout Standard
24449 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24452 \begin_layout Standard
24455 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24457 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24458 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24463 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24467 \begin_layout Section
24469 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24475 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24476 name "Document ! Branches"
24481 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24482 name "sec:Branches"
24489 \begin_layout Standard
24490 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24491 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24492 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24493 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24496 \begin_layout Standard
24497 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24498 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24499 To create a branch, go in the
24501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24509 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24510 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24513 \begin_layout Standard
24514 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24515 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24520 where you can choose a branch.
24521 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24524 \begin_layout Standard
24525 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24526 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24529 \begin_layout Standard
24530 \begin_inset Branch Question
24533 \begin_layout Standard
24534 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
24542 \begin_layout Standard
24543 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24546 \begin_layout Standard
24547 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24555 \begin_layout Section
24556 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24557 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24565 \begin_layout Subsection
24567 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24573 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24574 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24581 \begin_layout Standard
24582 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24583 constructs, but not all.
24584 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24585 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24586 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24587 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24588 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24589 and their commands.
24592 \begin_layout Standard
24593 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24603 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24604 An ERT box is created by the menu
24606 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24609 or by the toolbar button
24610 \begin_inset Graphics
24611 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
24618 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24631 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24632 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24643 \begin_layout Standard
24644 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24645 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24646 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24653 , you can write the command part
24659 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24663 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24664 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24668 \begin_layout Standard
24669 \begin_inset Graphics
24670 filename clipart/ERT.png
24680 \begin_layout Standard
24684 \begin_layout Standard
24685 This is a line with a
24689 \begin_layout Standard
24702 \begin_layout Standard
24712 \begin_layout Standard
24713 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24716 \begin_layout Standard
24721 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24722 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24730 \begin_layout Subsection
24731 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24732 \begin_inset OptArg
24735 \begin_layout Standard
24742 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24743 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24748 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24749 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24756 \begin_layout Standard
24757 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24758 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24759 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24768 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24769 every time if you know the right commands.
24771 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24772 the end of the day.
24773 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24774 all caption labels bold.
24775 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24777 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24780 \begin_layout Standard
24781 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24782 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24783 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24785 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24793 \begin_layout Standard
24794 As result you know that the package
24799 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24800 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24805 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24807 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24813 \begin_layout Standard
24818 usepackage[options]{package name}
24821 \begin_layout Standard
24822 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24823 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24824 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24827 \begin_layout Standard
24828 In your case the package name is
24833 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24838 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24839 So you add the command
24842 \begin_layout Standard
24847 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24850 \begin_layout Standard
24851 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24855 \begin_layout Standard
24856 For more commands provided by the
24860 package, have a look at its documentation,
24861 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24874 \begin_layout Standard
24875 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24877 For example if you use a
24881 class, you don't need the package
24885 , you can instead write
24888 \begin_layout Standard
24893 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24898 \begin_layout Standard
24899 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24900 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24901 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24908 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24911 \begin_layout Standard
24912 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24913 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24915 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24919 \begin_layout Standard
24920 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24922 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24923 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24931 \begin_layout Section
24932 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24933 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24934 name "Instant preview"
24939 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24940 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24945 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24946 name "Document ! Preview"
24953 \begin_layout Standard
24954 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24955 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24956 to break your train of thought with
24958 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24964 \begin_layout Standard
24965 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24966 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24969 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24970 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24976 as explained below, and turn on
24978 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24983 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24990 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24996 \begin_layout Standard
24997 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
24999 Previews of an already loaded document are
25003 generated just by selecting the
25005 Instant\InsetSpace ~
25008 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
25011 \begin_layout Standard
25012 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
25013 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
25018 check box in the insert dialog.
25019 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
25023 \begin_layout Standard
25024 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
25028 (on some systems named simply
25033 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25034 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25039 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25040 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
25048 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
25052 \begin_layout Standard
25053 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25059 \begin_layout Standard
25060 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
25064 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25068 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
25069 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
25071 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
25072 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
25073 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
25074 the source view window.
25077 \begin_layout Section
25079 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25080 name "sec:Spellchecking"
25085 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25086 name "Spell checking"
25093 \begin_layout Standard
25094 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
25095 Rather it uses one of the external programs
25112 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
25118 can be seen as successor of
25122 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
25127 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
25128 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
25136 \begin_layout Standard
25137 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
25138 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
25145 \begin_layout Standard
25148 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25151 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
25152 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
25153 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
25154 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
25155 scrolled so that it is visible.
25160 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
25162 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
25166 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
25167 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
25170 \begin_layout Standard
25171 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
25174 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25178 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
25179 will bring an error message.
25180 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25181 specifying a different
25183 Alternative language
25185 in preferences dialog.
25188 \begin_layout Standard
25189 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25192 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25196 \begin_layout Standard
25197 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25198 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25200 But you can use the
25209 \begin_layout Standard
25210 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25211 This does work with
25215 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25218 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25222 \begin_layout Standard
25227 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25230 \begin_layout Description
25231 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25232 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25233 checker should consider, e.g.
25234 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25235 This should not normally be needed.
25238 \begin_layout Description
25239 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25240 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25241 choice as your personal dictionary
25244 \begin_layout Description
25245 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25246 compound\InsetSpace ~
25247 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25259 \begin_layout Description
25262 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25264 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25271 also for the spellchecker.
25275 \begin_layout Standard
25276 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25278 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25279 reference "sub:Settings"
25288 Only enable this if you use
25292 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
25293 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25294 so this is disabled by default.
25297 \begin_layout Section
25299 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25305 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25306 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25313 \begin_layout Standard
25314 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25317 \begin_layout Standard
25318 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25321 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25324 or the toolbar button
25325 \begin_inset Graphics
25326 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
25329 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25330 rotateOrigin center
25335 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25339 \begin_layout Standard
25340 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25341 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25342 cases to find related words.
25345 \begin_layout Standard
25346 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25348 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25356 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25365 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25384 \begin_layout Section
25386 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25387 name "Change Tracking"
25392 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25393 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25398 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25399 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25406 \begin_layout Standard
25407 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25408 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25409 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25410 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25412 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25413 Change\InsetSpace ~
25414 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25421 \begin_layout Standard
25422 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25431 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25442 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25443 name "Color ! LyX screen"
25450 \begin_layout Standard
25451 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25452 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25453 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25461 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25467 \begin_layout Standard
25468 \begin_inset Graphics
25469 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25478 \begin_layout Standard
25479 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25485 \begin_layout Standard
25486 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25490 \begin_layout Standard
25491 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25497 \begin_layout Standard
25498 \begin_inset Tabular
25499 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25500 <features islongtable="true">
25501 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25502 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25503 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25507 \begin_layout Standard
25508 \begin_inset Graphics
25509 filename ../images/changes-track.png
25512 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25513 rotateOrigin center
25522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25525 \begin_layout Standard
25528 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25529 Change\InsetSpace ~
25530 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25542 \begin_layout Standard
25543 \begin_inset Graphics
25544 filename ../images/changes-output.png
25547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25548 rotateOrigin center
25557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25560 \begin_layout Standard
25563 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25564 Change\InsetSpace ~
25565 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25567 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25575 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25579 \begin_layout Standard
25580 \begin_inset Graphics
25581 filename ../images/change-next.png
25584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25585 rotateOrigin center
25594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25597 \begin_layout Standard
25598 Jumps to the next change
25604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25609 \begin_inset Graphics
25610 filename ../images/change-accept.png
25613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25614 rotateOrigin center
25623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25626 \begin_layout Standard
25629 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25630 Change\InsetSpace ~
25631 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25632 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25643 \begin_layout Standard
25644 \begin_inset Graphics
25645 filename ../images/change-reject.png
25648 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25649 rotateOrigin center
25658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25661 \begin_layout Standard
25664 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25665 Change\InsetSpace ~
25666 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25667 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25674 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25678 \begin_layout Standard
25679 \begin_inset Graphics
25680 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
25683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25684 rotateOrigin center
25693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25696 \begin_layout Standard
25699 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25700 Change\InsetSpace ~
25701 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25713 \begin_layout Standard
25714 \begin_inset Graphics
25715 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
25718 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25719 rotateOrigin center
25728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25731 \begin_layout Standard
25734 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25735 Change\InsetSpace ~
25736 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25737 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25745 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25749 \begin_layout Standard
25750 \begin_inset Graphics
25751 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
25754 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25755 rotateOrigin center
25764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25767 \begin_layout Standard
25770 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25771 Change\InsetSpace ~
25772 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25773 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25781 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25785 \begin_layout Standard
25786 \begin_inset Graphics
25787 filename ../images/note-insert.png
25790 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25791 rotateOrigin center
25800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25803 \begin_layout Standard
25806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25807 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25819 \begin_layout Standard
25820 \begin_inset Graphics
25821 filename ../images/note-next.png
25824 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25825 rotateOrigin center
25834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25837 \begin_layout Standard
25840 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25855 \begin_layout Standard
25856 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25862 \begin_layout Standard
25863 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25864 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25865 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25866 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25867 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25868 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25869 step to the next change.
25870 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25873 \begin_layout Standard
25874 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25875 to describe a change.
25878 \begin_layout Standard
25879 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25882 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25883 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25890 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25891 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25896 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25899 \begin_layout Section
25900 International Support
25901 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25902 name "International support"
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25911 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25912 how to set up LyX to use them:
25913 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25914 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25921 \begin_layout Standard
25922 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25924 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25925 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25932 \begin_layout Subsection
25934 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25935 name "Language ! Options"
25940 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25941 name "Document ! Settings"
25946 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25947 name "Document ! Language"
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25957 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25960 dialog lets you set
25962 the language and character encoding for your language.
25966 \begin_layout Standard
25967 Choose your language in the
25971 section of this dialog.
25979 \begin_layout Standard
25984 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
25988 use language's default encoding
25990 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
25991 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
25993 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25994 reference "sub:Settings"
26001 \begin_layout Subsection
26002 Keyboard mapping configuration
26005 \begin_layout Standard
26006 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
26007 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
26008 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
26009 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
26010 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
26011 see section\InsetSpace ~
26013 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26014 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
26019 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
26020 which one you want to use.
26023 \begin_layout Standard
26024 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
26025 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
26026 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
26027 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
26028 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
26029 one to support the characters you want.
26030 This and much more customizations are explained in the
26037 \begin_layout Subsection
26039 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26050 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26051 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
26060 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
26064 \begin_layout Standard
26065 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
26066 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
26074 \begin_layout Itemize
26075 Even if you have selected
26081 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26084 dialog, users who have only the
26088 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
26092 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
26093 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
26094 french quotes won't show up.
26097 \begin_layout Standard
26098 \begin_inset Float table
26103 \begin_layout Standard
26104 \begin_inset Caption
26106 \begin_layout Standard
26107 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26108 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
26124 \begin_layout Standard
26126 \begin_inset Tabular
26127 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
26129 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26144 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26146 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
26147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26150 \begin_layout Standard
26156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26159 \begin_layout Standard
26174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26177 \begin_layout Standard
26192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26195 \begin_layout Standard
26210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26213 \begin_layout Standard
26228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26231 \begin_layout Standard
26246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26249 \begin_layout Standard
26264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26267 \begin_layout Standard
26282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26285 \begin_layout Standard
26300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26303 \begin_layout Standard
26318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26321 \begin_layout Standard
26336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26339 \begin_layout Standard
26354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26357 \begin_layout Standard
26372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26375 \begin_layout Standard
26390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26393 \begin_layout Standard
26408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26429 \begin_layout Standard
26445 <row topline="true">
26446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26449 \begin_layout Standard
26464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26467 \begin_layout Standard
26473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26476 \begin_layout Standard
26482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26485 \begin_layout Standard
26491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26494 \begin_layout Standard
26508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26511 \begin_layout Standard
26525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26528 \begin_layout Standard
26542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26545 \begin_layout Standard
26559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26562 \begin_layout Standard
26576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26579 \begin_layout Standard
26585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26588 \begin_layout Standard
26594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26597 \begin_layout Standard
26603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26606 \begin_layout Standard
26620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26623 \begin_layout Standard
26637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26640 \begin_layout Standard
26654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26657 \begin_layout Standard
26671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26674 \begin_layout Standard
26689 <row topline="true">
26690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26711 \begin_layout Standard
26717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26720 \begin_layout Standard
26726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26729 \begin_layout Standard
26743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26746 \begin_layout Standard
26760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26763 \begin_layout Standard
26777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26780 \begin_layout Standard
26794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26797 \begin_layout Standard
26811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26814 \begin_layout Standard
26828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26831 \begin_layout Standard
26837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26840 \begin_layout Standard
26846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26849 \begin_layout Standard
26863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26866 \begin_layout Standard
26880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26883 \begin_layout Standard
26897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26900 \begin_layout Standard
26914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26917 \begin_layout Standard
26931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26934 \begin_layout Standard
26949 <row topline="true">
26950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26953 \begin_layout Standard
26968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26971 \begin_layout Standard
26977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26980 \begin_layout Standard
26986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26989 \begin_layout Standard
26998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27009 \begin_layout Standard
27023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27026 \begin_layout Standard
27040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27043 \begin_layout Standard
27057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27060 \begin_layout Standard
27074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27077 \begin_layout Standard
27091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27112 \begin_layout Standard
27118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27121 \begin_layout Standard
27135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27138 \begin_layout Standard
27152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27172 \begin_layout Standard
27186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27189 \begin_layout Standard
27204 <row topline="true">
27205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27235 \begin_layout Standard
27241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27244 \begin_layout Standard
27258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27261 \begin_layout Standard
27275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27278 \begin_layout Standard
27292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27312 \begin_layout Standard
27326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27329 \begin_layout Standard
27343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27346 \begin_layout Standard
27352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27355 \begin_layout Standard
27361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27364 \begin_layout Standard
27378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27381 \begin_layout Standard
27395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27398 \begin_layout Standard
27412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27449 \begin_layout Standard
27464 <row topline="true">
27465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27468 \begin_layout Standard
27483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27486 \begin_layout Standard
27492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27495 \begin_layout Standard
27501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27504 \begin_layout Standard
27518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27538 \begin_layout Standard
27552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27589 \begin_layout Standard
27603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27606 \begin_layout Standard
27612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27615 \begin_layout Standard
27621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27633 \begin_layout Standard
27647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27650 \begin_layout Standard
27664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27684 \begin_layout Standard
27698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27716 <row topline="true">
27717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27720 \begin_layout Standard
27735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27756 \begin_layout Standard
27770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27790 \begin_layout Standard
27804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27807 \begin_layout Standard
27821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27824 \begin_layout Standard
27838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27841 \begin_layout Standard
27855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27858 \begin_layout Standard
27864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27876 \begin_layout Standard
27882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27885 \begin_layout Standard
27899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27902 \begin_layout Standard
27916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27936 \begin_layout Standard
27950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27953 \begin_layout Standard
27968 <row topline="true">
27969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27972 \begin_layout Standard
27987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27990 \begin_layout Standard
27996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27999 \begin_layout Standard
28005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28008 \begin_layout Standard
28022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28025 \begin_layout Standard
28039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28042 \begin_layout Standard
28056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28059 \begin_layout Standard
28073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28076 \begin_layout Standard
28090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28093 \begin_layout Standard
28107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28110 \begin_layout Standard
28116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28119 \begin_layout Standard
28125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28128 \begin_layout Standard
28134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28137 \begin_layout Standard
28151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28154 \begin_layout Standard
28168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28171 \begin_layout Standard
28185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28188 \begin_layout Standard
28202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28205 \begin_layout Standard
28220 <row topline="true">
28221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28224 \begin_layout Standard
28239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28242 \begin_layout Standard
28248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28251 \begin_layout Standard
28257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28294 \begin_layout Standard
28308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28311 \begin_layout Standard
28325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28328 \begin_layout Standard
28342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28345 \begin_layout Standard
28359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28362 \begin_layout Standard
28368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28371 \begin_layout Standard
28377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28380 \begin_layout Standard
28394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28397 \begin_layout Standard
28411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28414 \begin_layout Standard
28428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28431 \begin_layout Standard
28445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28448 \begin_layout Standard
28462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28465 \begin_layout Standard
28480 <row topline="true">
28481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28484 \begin_layout Standard
28499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28502 \begin_layout Standard
28508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28511 \begin_layout Standard
28517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28520 \begin_layout Standard
28534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28537 \begin_layout Standard
28551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28554 \begin_layout Standard
28568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28571 \begin_layout Standard
28585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28588 \begin_layout Standard
28602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28605 \begin_layout Standard
28619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28622 \begin_layout Standard
28628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28631 \begin_layout Standard
28637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28640 \begin_layout Standard
28654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28657 \begin_layout Standard
28671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28674 \begin_layout Standard
28688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28691 \begin_layout Standard
28705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28708 \begin_layout Standard
28722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28725 \begin_layout Standard
28740 <row topline="true">
28741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28744 \begin_layout Standard
28759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28762 \begin_layout Standard
28768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28771 \begin_layout Standard
28777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28780 \begin_layout Standard
28794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28797 \begin_layout Standard
28811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28814 \begin_layout Standard
28828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28831 \begin_layout Standard
28845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28848 \begin_layout Standard
28862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28865 \begin_layout Standard
28879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28882 \begin_layout Standard
28888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28891 \begin_layout Standard
28897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28900 \begin_layout Standard
28914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28917 \begin_layout Standard
28931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28951 \begin_layout Standard
28965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28968 \begin_layout Standard
28982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28985 \begin_layout Standard
29000 <row topline="true">
29001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29004 \begin_layout Standard
29019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29022 \begin_layout Standard
29028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29031 \begin_layout Standard
29037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29040 \begin_layout Standard
29054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29057 \begin_layout Standard
29071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29074 \begin_layout Standard
29088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29091 \begin_layout Standard
29105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29108 \begin_layout Standard
29122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29125 \begin_layout Standard
29139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29142 \begin_layout Standard
29148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29151 \begin_layout Standard
29157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29160 \begin_layout Standard
29174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29177 \begin_layout Standard
29191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29194 \begin_layout Standard
29208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29228 \begin_layout Standard
29242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29245 \begin_layout Standard
29260 <row topline="true">
29261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29264 \begin_layout Standard
29279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29282 \begin_layout Standard
29288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29291 \begin_layout Standard
29297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29300 \begin_layout Standard
29314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29317 \begin_layout Standard
29331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29334 \begin_layout Standard
29348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29351 \begin_layout Standard
29365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29368 \begin_layout Standard
29382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29385 \begin_layout Standard
29399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29402 \begin_layout Standard
29408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29411 \begin_layout Standard
29417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29420 \begin_layout Standard
29434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29437 \begin_layout Standard
29451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29454 \begin_layout Standard
29468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29471 \begin_layout Standard
29485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29488 \begin_layout Standard
29502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29505 \begin_layout Standard
29520 <row topline="true">
29521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29524 \begin_layout Standard
29539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29542 \begin_layout Standard
29548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29551 \begin_layout Standard
29557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29560 \begin_layout Standard
29574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29577 \begin_layout Standard
29591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29594 \begin_layout Standard
29608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29611 \begin_layout Standard
29627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29630 \begin_layout Standard
29644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29647 \begin_layout Standard
29661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29664 \begin_layout Standard
29670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29673 \begin_layout Standard
29679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29682 \begin_layout Standard
29696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29699 \begin_layout Standard
29713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29716 \begin_layout Standard
29730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29733 \begin_layout Standard
29747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29750 \begin_layout Standard
29764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29767 \begin_layout Standard
29782 <row topline="true">
29783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29786 \begin_layout Standard
29801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29804 \begin_layout Standard
29810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29813 \begin_layout Standard
29819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29822 \begin_layout Standard
29836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29839 \begin_layout Standard
29853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29856 \begin_layout Standard
29870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29873 \begin_layout Standard
29887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29890 \begin_layout Standard
29904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29907 \begin_layout Standard
29921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29924 \begin_layout Standard
29930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29933 \begin_layout Standard
29939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29942 \begin_layout Standard
29948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29951 \begin_layout Standard
29965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29968 \begin_layout Standard
29982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29985 \begin_layout Standard
29999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30002 \begin_layout Standard
30016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30019 \begin_layout Standard
30034 <row topline="true">
30035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30038 \begin_layout Standard
30053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30056 \begin_layout Standard
30062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30065 \begin_layout Standard
30071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30074 \begin_layout Standard
30088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30091 \begin_layout Standard
30105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30108 \begin_layout Standard
30122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30125 \begin_layout Standard
30139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30142 \begin_layout Standard
30156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30159 \begin_layout Standard
30173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30176 \begin_layout Standard
30182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30185 \begin_layout Standard
30191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30194 \begin_layout Standard
30208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30211 \begin_layout Standard
30225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30228 \begin_layout Standard
30242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30245 \begin_layout Standard
30259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30262 \begin_layout Standard
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Standard
30294 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30298 \begin_layout Standard
30313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30316 \begin_layout Standard
30322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30325 \begin_layout Standard
30331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30334 \begin_layout Standard
30348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30351 \begin_layout Standard
30365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30368 \begin_layout Standard
30382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30385 \begin_layout Standard
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Standard
30416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30419 \begin_layout Standard
30425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30428 \begin_layout Standard
30434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30437 \begin_layout Standard
30443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30446 \begin_layout Standard
30460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30463 \begin_layout Standard
30477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30480 \begin_layout Standard
30494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30497 \begin_layout Standard
30511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30514 \begin_layout Standard
30528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30531 \begin_layout Standard
30558 \begin_layout Standard
30559 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30561 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30562 also the characters from
30574 \begin_layout Itemize
30583 \begin_layout Standard
30584 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30589 \begin_layout Standard
30590 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30595 \begin_layout Standard
30596 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30601 \begin_layout Standard
30602 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30607 \begin_layout Standard
30613 \begin_layout Standard
30619 \begin_layout Standard
30626 \begin_layout Itemize
30639 \begin_layout Standard
30645 \begin_layout Standard
30651 \begin_layout Standard
30657 \begin_layout Standard
30663 \begin_layout Standard
30669 \begin_layout Standard
30676 \begin_layout Standard
30677 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30678 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30679 Also make sure you're using the
30686 \begin_layout Chapter
30689 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30690 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30697 \begin_layout Standard
30698 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30699 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30700 inside the user's guide.
30703 \begin_layout Section
30705 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30713 \begin_layout Standard
30718 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30719 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30722 \begin_layout Subsection
30726 \begin_layout Standard
30727 Creates a new document.
30730 \begin_layout Subsection
30734 \begin_layout Standard
30735 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30736 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30737 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30740 \begin_layout Subsection
30744 \begin_layout Standard
30748 \begin_layout Subsection
30752 \begin_layout Standard
30753 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30754 Click there on a file to open it.
30757 \begin_layout Subsection
30761 \begin_layout Standard
30762 Closes the current document.
30765 \begin_layout Subsection
30769 \begin_layout Standard
30770 Saves the actual document.
30773 \begin_layout Subsection
30777 \begin_layout Standard
30778 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30781 \begin_layout Subsection
30785 \begin_layout Standard
30786 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30789 \begin_layout Subsection
30793 \begin_layout Standard
30794 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30795 It is described in the section
30797 Version Control in LyX
30801 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30807 \begin_layout Subsection
30811 \begin_layout Standard
30812 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30813 text files (ASCII-files).
30814 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30817 \begin_layout Standard
30818 When using the menu
30821 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30824 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30825 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30826 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30827 will start a new paragraph.
30830 \begin_layout Subsection
30832 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30840 \begin_layout Standard
30841 You can export your document to various file formats.
30842 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30843 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30844 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30847 \begin_layout Standard
30848 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30849 section\InsetSpace ~
30851 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30852 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30859 \begin_layout Description
30865 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30866 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30869 \begin_layout Description
30877 \begin_layout Description
30878 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30882 \begin_layout Description
30885 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30890 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30898 \begin_layout Description
30905 \begin_layout Standard
30915 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30916 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30920 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30923 \begin_layout Description
30930 \begin_layout Standard
30940 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30941 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30949 \begin_layout Description
30951 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30959 is replaced by the version number)
30962 \begin_layout Description
30963 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30976 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30980 \begin_layout Description
30985 PDF-format using the program
30990 \begin_layout Description
30996 PDF-format using the program
31001 \begin_layout Description
31007 PDF-format using the program
31012 \begin_layout Description
31021 \begin_layout Description
31028 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
31029 and then exported as text using the program
31034 \begin_layout Description
31039 PostScript format using the program
31044 \begin_layout Description
31052 \begin_layout Standard
31057 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
31058 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
31064 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
31067 \begin_layout Standard
31068 If one of the menu entries
31081 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31082 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31084 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31085 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31090 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31091 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31098 \begin_layout Standard
31103 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
31104 the export program.
31107 \begin_layout Subsection
31111 \begin_layout Standard
31112 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
31113 or send it to a printer.
31114 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
31115 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
31121 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
31123 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31124 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
31131 \begin_layout Subsection
31132 New and Close Window
31135 \begin_layout Standard
31136 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
31137 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
31140 \begin_layout Section
31142 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31150 \begin_layout Subsection
31154 \begin_layout Standard
31155 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31157 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31158 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
31165 \begin_layout Subsection
31166 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
31169 \begin_layout Standard
31170 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31172 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31173 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31180 \begin_layout Subsection
31184 \begin_layout Standard
31185 Selects the whole document.
31188 \begin_layout Subsection
31192 \begin_layout Standard
31193 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31195 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31196 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31203 \begin_layout Subsection
31204 Move paragraph Up/Down
31207 \begin_layout Standard
31208 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31212 \begin_layout Subsection
31216 \begin_layout Standard
31217 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31219 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31220 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31227 \begin_layout Subsection
31229 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31230 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31237 \begin_layout Standard
31238 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31240 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31243 \begin_layout Standard
31244 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31245 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31248 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31259 \begin_layout Subsection
31263 \begin_layout Standard
31264 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31265 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31266 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31268 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31269 reference "sec:Tables"
31273 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31275 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31276 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31283 \begin_layout Subsection
31284 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31287 \begin_layout Standard
31288 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31290 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31292 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31293 reference "sec:Nesting"
31298 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31299 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31306 \begin_layout Section
31308 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31316 \begin_layout Standard
31321 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31322 document with an external program.
31323 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31324 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31325 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31327 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31328 reference "sub:Export"
31333 You should at least see the menu entries
31343 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31344 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31346 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31347 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31352 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31353 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31360 \begin_layout Standard
31361 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31362 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31364 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31365 reference "sec:File-Formats"
31370 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
31373 \begin_layout Standard
31374 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31377 At the bottom of the
31381 menu the opened documents are listed.
31384 \begin_layout Subsection
31388 \begin_layout Standard
31389 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31390 in section\InsetSpace ~
31392 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31393 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31400 \begin_layout Subsection
31404 \begin_layout Standard
31405 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31406 opening a new view window.
31409 \begin_layout Subsection
31411 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31412 name "sub:Toolbars"
31417 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31425 \begin_layout Standard
31426 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31427 All toolbars and the
31429 Command\InsetSpace ~
31432 can be turned on and off.
31437 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31455 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31459 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31466 \begin_layout Standard
31471 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31475 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31476 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31477 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31478 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31479 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31482 \begin_layout Standard
31483 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31485 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31486 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31493 \begin_layout Section
31495 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31496 name "Menu ! Insert"
31503 \begin_layout Subsection
31507 \begin_layout Standard
31508 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31510 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31511 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31518 \begin_layout Subsection
31520 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31521 name "sub:Special-Character"
31528 \begin_layout Standard
31529 Here you can insert the following characters:
31532 \begin_layout Description
31533 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31537 \begin_layout Description
31540 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31542 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31543 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31550 \begin_layout Description
31551 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31552 Quote Inserts this quote:
31553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31556 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31558 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31568 \begin_layout Description
31569 Single\InsetSpace ~
31570 Quote Inserts this quote:
31571 \begin_inset Quotes els
31577 \begin_layout Description
31579 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31583 \begin_layout Description
31584 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31586 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31587 name "Phonetic symbols"
31592 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31593 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31597 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31598 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31599 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31604 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31605 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31611 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31615 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31622 and this Wiki-page:
31625 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31626 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31633 \begin_layout Subsection
31637 \begin_layout Standard
31638 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31641 \begin_layout Description
31642 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31643 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31649 \begin_layout Description
31650 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31651 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31657 \begin_layout Description
31658 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31659 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31661 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31662 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31669 \begin_layout Description
31670 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31671 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31673 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31674 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31681 \begin_layout Description
31683 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31685 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31686 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31693 \begin_layout Description
31694 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31695 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31697 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31698 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31705 \begin_layout Description
31706 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31707 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31709 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31710 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31717 \begin_layout Description
31718 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31719 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31721 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31722 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31729 \begin_layout Description
31730 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31731 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31733 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31734 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31741 \begin_layout Description
31742 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31743 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31745 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31746 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31753 \begin_layout Description
31755 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31757 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31758 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31765 \begin_layout Description
31767 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31769 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31770 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31777 \begin_layout Description
31779 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31781 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31782 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31789 \begin_layout Description
31791 Double\InsetSpace ~
31792 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31794 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31795 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31802 \begin_layout Subsection
31806 \begin_layout Standard
31807 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31808 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31809 in section\InsetSpace ~
31811 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31812 reference "sec:toc"
31817 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31819 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31820 reference "sec:Index"
31824 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31826 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31827 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31831 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31833 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31834 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31841 \begin_layout Subsection
31845 \begin_layout Standard
31846 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31848 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31849 reference "sec:Floats"
31856 \begin_layout Subsection
31860 \begin_layout Standard
31861 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31863 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31864 reference "sec:Notes"
31871 \begin_layout Subsection
31875 \begin_layout Standard
31876 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31878 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31879 reference "sec:Branches"
31886 \begin_layout Subsection
31888 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31889 name "External Material"
31896 \begin_layout Standard
31897 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31898 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31909 \begin_layout Subsection
31911 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31919 \begin_layout Standard
31920 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31922 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31923 reference "sec:Minipages"
31928 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31939 \begin_layout Subsection
31943 \begin_layout Standard
31944 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31946 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31947 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31954 \begin_layout Subsection
31958 \begin_layout Standard
31959 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31961 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31962 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31969 \begin_layout Subsection
31973 \begin_layout Standard
31974 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31976 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31977 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31984 \begin_layout Subsection
31986 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31992 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31993 name "Longtables ! Caption"
32000 \begin_layout Standard
32001 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
32002 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32004 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32005 reference "sec:Floats"
32009 , cations in longtables are described in section
32020 \begin_layout Subsection
32024 \begin_layout Standard
32025 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32027 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32028 reference "sec:Index"
32035 \begin_layout Subsection
32039 \begin_layout Standard
32040 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32042 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32043 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
32050 \begin_layout Subsection
32054 \begin_layout Standard
32056 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32058 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32059 reference "sec:Tables"
32066 \begin_layout Subsection
32070 \begin_layout Standard
32072 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32074 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32075 reference "sec:Graphics"
32082 \begin_layout Subsection
32086 \begin_layout Standard
32087 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32089 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32090 reference "sec:URL"
32097 \begin_layout Subsection
32101 \begin_layout Standard
32102 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
32104 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32105 reference "sec:Footnotes"
32112 \begin_layout Subsection
32116 \begin_layout Standard
32117 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
32119 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32120 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
32127 \begin_layout Subsection
32131 \begin_layout Standard
32132 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
32134 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32135 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
32142 \begin_layout Subsection
32146 \begin_layout Standard
32147 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
32149 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32150 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
32157 \begin_layout Subsection
32159 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32160 name "Program listings"
32167 \begin_layout Standard
32168 Inserts a program listings box.
32169 Program listings are explained in chapter
32171 Program Code Listings
32180 \begin_layout Subsection
32184 \begin_layout Standard
32185 Inserts the actual date.
32186 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
32188 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32198 There the different methods are also compared.
32201 \begin_layout Section
32203 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32204 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32211 \begin_layout Standard
32212 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32213 the current document.
32214 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32217 \begin_layout Standard
32218 The Navigate menu also offers to
32221 \begin_layout Subsection
32225 \begin_layout Standard
32226 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32227 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32229 between section\InsetSpace ~
32231 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32232 2.5 and use the menu
32236 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32240 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32244 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32248 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32260 \begin_layout Standard
32261 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32262 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32265 \begin_layout Subsection
32266 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32269 \begin_layout Standard
32270 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32274 \begin_layout Subsection
32278 \begin_layout Standard
32279 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32280 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32281 on a cross-reference box.
32284 \begin_layout Section
32286 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32287 name "Menu ! Document"
32294 \begin_layout Subsection
32298 \begin_layout Standard
32299 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32301 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32302 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32309 \begin_layout Subsection
32314 \begin_layout Standard
32324 \begin_layout Standard
32325 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32327 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32330 \begin_layout Standard
32331 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32336 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32339 \begin_layout Subsection
32343 \begin_layout Standard
32344 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32346 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32347 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32354 \begin_layout Subsection
32355 Start Appendix Here
32358 \begin_layout Standard
32359 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32360 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32362 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32363 reference "sec:Appendices"
32370 \begin_layout Subsection
32374 \begin_layout Standard
32375 Un/compresses the actual document.
32378 \begin_layout Subsection
32380 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32381 name "sub:Settings"
32386 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32387 name "Document ! Settings"
32394 \begin_layout Standard
32395 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32397 You can save your document settings as default with the
32399 Save as Document Defaults
32401 button in the dialog.
32402 This will create a template named
32406 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32410 \begin_layout Standard
32411 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32414 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32418 \begin_layout Standard
32419 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32420 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32422 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32423 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32428 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32433 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32434 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32437 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32441 \begin_layout Standard
32442 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32444 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32445 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32452 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32456 \begin_layout Standard
32457 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32459 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32463 \begin_layout Standard
32464 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32465 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32466 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32469 \begin_layout Standard
32470 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32478 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32482 \begin_layout Standard
32483 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32485 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32486 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32491 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32492 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32499 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32503 \begin_layout Standard
32504 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32506 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32507 reference "sub:Margins"
32514 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32516 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32517 name "Language ! Encoding"
32524 \begin_layout Standard
32525 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32526 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
32527 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
32528 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
32529 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
32530 known for a particular character).
32534 \begin_layout Standard
32535 The known commands are defined in a text file.
32536 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
32541 manual for details.
32549 \begin_layout Standard
32550 If you use the option
32552 use language's default encoding
32554 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
32556 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
32557 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
32558 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
32559 exactly one encoding.
32560 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
32568 \begin_layout Standard
32569 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32570 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32572 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32573 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32586 \begin_layout Standard
32587 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
32588 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
32589 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
32590 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
32591 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
32592 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
32595 use language's default encoding
32597 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
32598 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
32599 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
32602 \begin_layout Standard
32603 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32606 \begin_layout Description
32610 use language's default encoding
32612 , but the LaTeX-package
32617 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32618 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32623 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
32626 \begin_layout Description
32627 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
32630 \begin_layout Description
32631 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
32632 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
32635 \begin_layout Description
32636 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32639 \begin_layout Description
32640 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32643 \begin_layout Description
32644 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32647 \begin_layout Description
32648 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32651 \begin_layout Description
32652 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32655 \begin_layout Description
32656 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32657 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32660 \begin_layout Description
32661 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32662 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32665 \begin_layout Description
32666 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32669 \begin_layout Description
32670 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32673 \begin_layout Description
32674 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32677 \begin_layout Description
32678 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32681 \begin_layout Description
32682 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32683 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32684 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32688 \begin_layout Description
32689 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32690 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32693 \begin_layout Description
32694 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32698 \begin_layout Description
32699 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32702 \begin_layout Description
32703 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32704 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32707 \begin_layout Description
32708 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32709 the euro currency sign, the
32713 \begin_layout Standard
32722 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32723 be the replacement for latin1
32726 \begin_layout Description
32727 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32730 \begin_layout Description
32731 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32736 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32737 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32741 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
32744 \begin_layout Description
32745 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32749 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
32752 \begin_layout Description
32753 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32758 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32759 name "LaTeX-packages ! CJK"
32763 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
32766 \begin_layout Description
32767 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
32771 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32779 \begin_layout Standard
32780 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32781 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32794 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32798 \begin_layout Standard
32799 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32800 in section\InsetSpace ~
32802 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32803 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32810 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32814 \begin_layout Standard
32815 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32818 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32819 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32830 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32831 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32836 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32838 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32839 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32846 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32850 \begin_layout Standard
32851 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32854 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32855 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32864 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32865 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32871 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32874 \begin_layout Standard
32879 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32880 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32883 \begin_layout Standard
32888 is used for special integral characters.
32891 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32895 \begin_layout Standard
32896 The float placement options are described in section
32897 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32901 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32902 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32909 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32913 \begin_layout Standard
32914 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32915 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32917 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32918 reference "sec:Itemize"
32925 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32929 \begin_layout Standard
32930 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32932 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32933 reference "sec:Branches"
32940 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32945 \begin_layout Standard
32955 \begin_layout Standard
32956 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32957 to define LaTeX-commands.
32958 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32959 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32963 \begin_layout Standard
32964 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32966 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32967 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
32974 \begin_layout Section
32976 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32977 name "Menu ! Tools"
32984 \begin_layout Subsection
32988 \begin_layout Standard
32989 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32991 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32992 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
32999 \begin_layout Subsection
33003 \begin_layout Standard
33004 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33006 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33007 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
33014 \begin_layout Subsection
33016 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33024 \begin_layout Standard
33025 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
33029 \begin_layout Subsection
33034 \begin_layout Standard
33042 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33043 name "TeX Information"
33050 \begin_layout Standard
33051 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
33054 \begin_layout Subsection
33056 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33057 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
33062 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33063 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
33070 \begin_layout Standard
33071 This menu reconfigures LyX.
33072 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
33074 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33075 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
33082 \begin_layout Subsection
33086 \begin_layout Standard
33087 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
33088 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
33092 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33093 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
33100 \begin_layout Section
33102 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33110 \begin_layout Standard
33111 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
33115 \begin_layout Standard
33121 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
33122 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
33124 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33125 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
33132 \begin_layout Section
33134 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33135 name "sec:Toolbars"
33142 \begin_layout Standard
33143 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33145 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33146 reference "sub:Toolbars"
33153 \begin_layout Standard
33154 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
33155 This is described in the
33163 \begin_layout Subsection
33165 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33166 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
33173 \begin_layout Standard
33174 \begin_inset Graphics
33175 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
33185 \begin_layout Standard
33186 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33192 \begin_layout Standard
33193 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33198 \begin_layout Standard
33210 \begin_inset Note Note
33213 \begin_layout Standard
33214 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
33219 manual for more information.
33227 \begin_layout Standard
33228 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33234 \begin_layout Standard
33235 \begin_inset Tabular
33236 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33237 <features islongtable="true">
33238 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33239 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33244 \begin_layout Standard
33245 \begin_inset Graphics
33246 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33261 \begin_layout Standard
33262 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33275 \begin_layout Standard
33276 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33282 \begin_layout Standard
33284 \begin_inset Tabular
33285 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33286 <features islongtable="true">
33287 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33288 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33293 \begin_layout Standard
33296 \begin_inset Graphics
33297 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
33300 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33312 \begin_layout Standard
33315 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33326 \begin_layout Standard
33327 \begin_inset Graphics
33328 filename ../images/file-open.png
33331 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33343 \begin_layout Standard
33346 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33353 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33357 \begin_layout Standard
33358 \begin_inset Graphics
33359 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
33362 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Standard
33377 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33388 \begin_layout Standard
33389 \begin_inset Graphics
33390 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
33393 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33405 \begin_layout Standard
33408 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33415 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33419 \begin_layout Standard
33420 \begin_inset Graphics
33421 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
33424 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Standard
33439 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33450 \begin_layout Standard
33451 \begin_inset Graphics
33452 filename ../images/undo.png
33455 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33467 \begin_layout Standard
33470 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33477 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33481 \begin_layout Standard
33482 \begin_inset Graphics
33483 filename ../images/redo.png
33486 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33498 \begin_layout Standard
33501 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33512 \begin_layout Standard
33513 \begin_inset Graphics
33514 filename ../images/cut.png
33517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33529 \begin_layout Standard
33532 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33543 \begin_layout Standard
33544 \begin_inset Graphics
33545 filename ../images/copy.png
33548 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33560 \begin_layout Standard
33563 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33570 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33574 \begin_layout Standard
33575 \begin_inset Graphics
33576 filename ../images/paste.png
33579 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33591 \begin_layout Standard
33594 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33601 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33605 \begin_layout Standard
33606 \begin_inset Graphics
33607 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
33610 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33611 rotateOrigin center
33620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33623 \begin_layout Standard
33626 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33627 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33628 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33635 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33639 \begin_layout Standard
33640 \begin_inset Graphics
33641 filename ../images/font-emph.png
33644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33656 \begin_layout Standard
33657 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33659 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33669 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33673 \begin_layout Standard
33674 \begin_inset Graphics
33675 filename ../images/font-noun.png
33678 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33690 \begin_layout Standard
33691 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33693 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33703 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33707 \begin_layout Standard
33708 \begin_inset Graphics
33709 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
33712 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33724 \begin_layout Standard
33725 Formats text using the current settings in the
33727 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33737 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33741 \begin_layout Standard
33742 \begin_inset Graphics
33743 filename ../images/math-mode.png
33746 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33758 \begin_layout Standard
33761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33762 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33763 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33770 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33774 \begin_layout Standard
33775 \begin_inset Graphics
33776 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
33779 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33780 rotateOrigin center
33789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33792 \begin_layout Standard
33795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33802 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33806 \begin_layout Standard
33807 \begin_inset Graphics
33808 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
33811 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33812 rotateOrigin center
33821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33824 \begin_layout Standard
33827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33834 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33838 \begin_layout Standard
33839 \begin_inset Graphics
33840 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
33843 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33844 rotateOrigin center
33853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33856 \begin_layout Standard
33857 Toggle outline window on/off,
33859 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33866 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33870 \begin_layout Standard
33871 \begin_inset Graphics
33872 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
33875 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33876 rotateOrigin center
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Standard
33889 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33899 \begin_layout Standard
33900 \begin_inset Graphics
33901 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
33904 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33905 rotateOrigin center
33914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33917 \begin_layout Standard
33918 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33931 \begin_layout Subsection
33933 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33934 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33941 \begin_layout Standard
33942 \begin_inset Graphics
33943 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33953 \begin_layout Standard
33954 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33960 \begin_layout Standard
33961 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33965 \begin_layout Standard
33966 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33972 \begin_layout Standard
33973 \begin_inset Tabular
33974 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
33975 <features islongtable="true">
33976 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33977 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33978 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33982 \begin_layout Standard
33983 \begin_inset Graphics
33984 filename ../images/layout.png
33987 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33988 rotateOrigin center
33997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34000 \begin_layout Standard
34007 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34011 \begin_layout Standard
34012 \begin_inset Graphics
34013 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
34016 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34017 rotateOrigin center
34026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34029 \begin_layout Standard
34036 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34040 \begin_layout Standard
34041 \begin_inset Graphics
34042 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
34045 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34046 rotateOrigin center
34055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34058 \begin_layout Standard
34065 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34069 \begin_layout Standard
34070 \begin_inset Graphics
34071 filename ../images/layout_List.png
34074 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34075 rotateOrigin center
34084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34087 \begin_layout Standard
34094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34098 \begin_layout Standard
34099 \begin_inset Graphics
34100 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
34103 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34104 rotateOrigin center
34113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34116 \begin_layout Standard
34123 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34127 \begin_layout Standard
34128 \begin_inset Graphics
34129 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
34132 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34133 rotateOrigin center
34142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34145 \begin_layout Standard
34148 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34149 Increase\InsetSpace ~
34157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34161 \begin_layout Standard
34162 \begin_inset Graphics
34163 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
34166 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34167 rotateOrigin center
34176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34179 \begin_layout Standard
34182 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34183 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
34191 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34195 \begin_layout Standard
34196 \begin_inset Graphics
34197 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
34200 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34212 \begin_layout Standard
34215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34216 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34227 \begin_layout Standard
34228 \begin_inset Graphics
34229 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
34232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34244 \begin_layout Standard
34247 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34248 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34255 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34259 \begin_layout Standard
34260 \begin_inset Graphics
34261 filename ../images/label-insert.png
34264 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34276 \begin_layout Standard
34279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34290 \begin_layout Standard
34291 \begin_inset Graphics
34292 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
34295 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34307 \begin_layout Standard
34310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34321 \begin_layout Standard
34322 \begin_inset Graphics
34323 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
34326 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34338 \begin_layout Standard
34341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34352 \begin_layout Standard
34353 \begin_inset Graphics
34354 filename ../images/index-insert.png
34357 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34369 \begin_layout Standard
34372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34380 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34384 \begin_layout Standard
34385 \begin_inset Graphics
34386 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
34389 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34401 \begin_layout Standard
34404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34405 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34416 \begin_layout Standard
34417 \begin_inset Graphics
34418 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
34421 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34433 \begin_layout Standard
34436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34447 \begin_layout Standard
34448 \begin_inset Graphics
34449 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
34452 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34453 rotateOrigin center
34462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34465 \begin_layout Standard
34468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34469 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34476 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34480 \begin_layout Standard
34481 \begin_inset Graphics
34482 filename ../images/note-insert.png
34485 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34497 \begin_layout Standard
34500 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34501 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34513 \begin_layout Standard
34514 \begin_inset Graphics
34515 filename ../images/url-insert.png
34518 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34530 \begin_layout Standard
34533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34544 \begin_layout Standard
34545 \begin_inset Graphics
34546 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
34549 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34561 \begin_layout Standard
34564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34571 \begin_layout Standard
34586 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34590 \begin_layout Standard
34591 \begin_inset Graphics
34592 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
34595 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34607 \begin_layout Standard
34610 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34611 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34623 \begin_layout Standard
34624 \begin_inset Graphics
34625 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
34628 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34629 rotateOrigin center
34638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34641 \begin_layout Standard
34644 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34656 \begin_layout Standard
34657 \begin_inset Graphics
34658 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
34661 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34662 rotateOrigin center
34671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34674 \begin_layout Standard
34677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34678 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34685 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34689 \begin_layout Standard
34690 \begin_inset Graphics
34691 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
34694 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34695 rotateOrigin center
34704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34707 \begin_layout Standard
34710 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34724 \begin_layout Subsection
34725 View / Update Toolbar
34726 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34727 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34734 \begin_layout Standard
34735 \begin_inset Graphics
34736 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34745 \begin_layout Standard
34746 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34752 \begin_layout Standard
34753 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34757 \begin_layout Standard
34758 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34764 \begin_layout Standard
34765 \begin_inset Tabular
34766 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34767 <features islongtable="true">
34768 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34769 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34770 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34774 \begin_layout Standard
34775 \begin_inset Graphics
34776 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
34779 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34780 rotateOrigin center
34789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34792 \begin_layout Standard
34795 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34802 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34806 \begin_layout Standard
34807 \begin_inset Graphics
34808 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
34811 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34812 rotateOrigin center
34821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34824 \begin_layout Standard
34827 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34828 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34839 \begin_layout Standard
34840 \begin_inset Graphics
34841 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
34844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34845 rotateOrigin center
34854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34857 \begin_layout Standard
34860 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34871 \begin_layout Standard
34872 \begin_inset Graphics
34873 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
34876 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34877 rotateOrigin center
34886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34889 \begin_layout Standard
34892 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34893 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34898 \begin_layout Standard
34899 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34900 functionality is merged with
34902 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34917 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34921 \begin_layout Standard
34922 \begin_inset Graphics
34923 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
34926 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34927 rotateOrigin center
34936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34939 \begin_layout Standard
34942 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34949 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34953 \begin_layout Standard
34954 \begin_inset Graphics
34955 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
34958 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34959 rotateOrigin center
34968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34971 \begin_layout Standard
34974 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34975 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34989 \begin_layout Subsection
34993 \begin_layout Standard
34994 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34996 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34997 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35001 , the table toolbar
35002 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35003 name "Toolbar ! Table"
35007 is explained in the
35014 \begin_layout Chapter
35020 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35021 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
35026 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35034 \begin_layout Standard
35035 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35037 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
35040 \begin_layout Section
35044 \begin_layout Subsection
35046 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35052 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35053 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
35058 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35059 name "Customization ! of menus"
35066 \begin_layout Standard
35067 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35070 \begin_layout Standard
35075 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
35083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35084 User Interface File
35085 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35086 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
35091 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35092 name "Customization ! of menus"
35099 \begin_layout Standard
35100 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
35101 interface (ui) file.
35102 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
35103 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
35112 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
35113 files and edit the entries.
35116 \begin_layout Standard
35117 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
35129 entries must be ended with an explicit
35154 and in the case of the
35155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35167 The syntax for the entries is:
35170 \begin_layout Standard
35171 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35199 \begin_layout Standard
35201 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35204 All LyX-functions are listed in
35205 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35213 \begin_layout Standard
35214 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
35220 \begin_layout Standard
35221 An example: Assuming you use the menu
35223 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35226 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
35230 \begin_layout Standard
35231 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35236 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
35239 \begin_layout Standard
35241 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35244 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
35247 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35249 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35257 \begin_layout Standard
35258 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
35259 Several binding files are available:
35262 \begin_layout Description
35263 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
35266 \begin_layout Description
35267 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
35278 \begin_layout Description
35279 mac.bind set of bindings for
35281 Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35287 \begin_layout Standard
35288 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
35292 , and bind files for special languages.
35293 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
35295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35303 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
35307 \begin_layout Standard
35308 Some bind-files, like
35312 , have only a small scope.
35313 When looking at the the end of the file
35317 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
35320 \begin_layout Standard
35321 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
35322 s with a text editor.
35323 The syntax of the entries is:
35326 \begin_layout Standard
35332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35350 \begin_layout Standard
35351 All LyX-functions are listed in
35352 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35360 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35364 \begin_layout Standard
35367 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35368 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35369 restore window size, or use fixed size
35371 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
35375 \begin_layout Standard
35378 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35379 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35380 restore window position
35382 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
35385 \begin_layout Standard
35388 Restore cursor positions
35390 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
35394 \begin_layout Standard
35397 Load opened files from last session
35399 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
35402 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35404 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35405 name "sub:Backup documents"
35410 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35411 name "Backup ! Documents"
35418 \begin_layout Standard
35423 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
35426 \begin_layout Standard
35431 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
35434 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35441 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35445 \begin_layout Standard
35448 Cursor follows scrollbar
35450 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
35454 \begin_layout Subsection
35456 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35457 name "Font ! Screen"
35462 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35463 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35470 \begin_layout Standard
35471 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35474 \begin_layout Standard
35475 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35478 \begin_layout Standard
35483 This section only deals with the fonts
35488 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
35491 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35502 \begin_layout Standard
35503 By default, LyX uses
35507 as roman (serif) font,
35515 (depends on the system) as
35531 \begin_layout Standard
35532 You can change the font size with the
35539 \begin_layout Standard
35544 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35545 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
35546 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35547 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35548 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35550 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35551 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35558 \begin_layout Standard
35563 are the same as if a document font size of 10
35564 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35568 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35570 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35571 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35578 \begin_layout Subsection
35580 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35581 name "Color ! LyX screen"
35586 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35587 name "Settings ! Color"
35594 \begin_layout Standard
35595 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35596 Choose an item in the list and use the
35603 \begin_layout Subsection
35605 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35606 name "Settings ! Graphics"
35613 \begin_layout Standard
35614 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35617 \begin_layout Standard
35622 enables previewing snippets of your document.
35623 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35625 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35626 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35633 \begin_layout Subsection
35635 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35636 name "Keyboard Map"
35641 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35642 name "Settings ! Keyboard Map"
35647 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35648 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
35655 \begin_layout Standard
35656 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
35657 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
35658 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35660 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
35661 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
35668 \begin_layout Standard
35669 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35672 \begin_layout Standard
35677 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
35685 \begin_layout Section
35687 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35693 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35694 name "Settings ! Directory"
35701 \begin_layout Description
35702 Working\InsetSpace ~
35703 directory This is LyX's working directory.
35704 It is the default when you
35720 \begin_layout Description
35721 Document\InsetSpace ~
35722 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
35724 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35732 \begin_layout Description
35733 Backup\InsetSpace ~
35735 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35736 name "Backup ! Directory"
35740 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
35741 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
35743 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35744 reference "sub:Backup documents"
35752 will be used to save the backups.
35754 The backup files have the ending
35755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35765 \begin_layout Description
35770 \begin_layout Standard
35777 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
35778 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
35781 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35784 \begin_layout Standard
35789 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
35797 \begin_layout Description
35798 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
35799 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
35802 \begin_layout Description
35804 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
35805 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
35806 to find it on the system.
35807 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
35808 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
35809 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35810 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35811 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
35812 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
35817 \begin_layout Section
35821 \begin_layout Standard
35822 Here you can insert your name and email address.
35823 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
35824 in section\InsetSpace ~
35826 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35827 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35831 , to mark changes you make as yours.
35834 \begin_layout Section
35836 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35837 name "Language ! Settings"
35842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35843 name "Settings ! Language"
35850 \begin_layout Subsection
35854 \begin_layout Description
35855 Default\InsetSpace ~
35856 language is the language used in new documents
35859 \begin_layout Description
35860 Language\InsetSpace ~
35861 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
35863 The default is the LaTeX-command
35869 that loads the package
35877 \begin_layout Standard
35878 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
35880 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35881 reference "sec:ERT"
35896 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
35897 the document language.
35898 A text label is for instance the word
35899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35906 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35909 \begin_layout Description
35910 Command\InsetSpace ~
35911 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
35912 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
35913 An example is the start command
35919 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
35924 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35938 selectlanguage{$$lang}
35943 \begin_layout Description
35944 Command\InsetSpace ~
35950 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
35951 command toggles the package on and off.
35954 \begin_layout Description
35963 \begin_layout Description
35964 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
35965 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
35966 used by all LaTeX-packages.
35967 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
35974 \begin_layout Description
35976 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen
35978 When this option is not set, the
35980 Command\InsetSpace ~
35983 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
35984 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
35986 Command\InsetSpace ~
35992 \begin_layout Description
36000 When it is not set, the
36002 Command\InsetSpace ~
36005 is set to the end of the document.
36008 \begin_layout Description
36010 foreign\InsetSpace ~
36011 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
36012 the document language will be underlined blue.
36015 \begin_layout Description
36019 language\InsetSpace ~
36020 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
36021 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
36024 \begin_layout Subsection
36028 \begin_layout Standard
36029 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
36031 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36032 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36039 \begin_layout Section
36043 \begin_layout Subsection
36045 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36051 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36057 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36058 name "Settings ! Printer"
36065 \begin_layout Description
36066 Default\InsetSpace ~
36067 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
36068 The name will be used when the
36075 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36078 \begin_layout Standard
36083 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
36092 \begin_layout Description
36094 output\InsetSpace ~
36096 printer This option works only for the
36101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36113 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
36114 This is an option only for dvips experts.
36117 \begin_layout Description
36118 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36119 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36120 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36121 LaTeX uses for printing.
36122 The default is on most systems
36129 \begin_layout Description
36130 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36131 Command\InsetSpace ~
36132 Options Here you can specify printer options.
36133 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
36134 of the program that provides the
36141 \begin_layout Subsection
36143 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36149 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36150 name "Settings ! Date format"
36157 \begin_layout Standard
36158 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
36161 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36162 target "http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date"
36168 For example the format
36172 prints the date as day/month/year.
36175 \begin_layout Subsection
36179 \begin_layout Description
36180 Output\InsetSpace ~
36182 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
36183 when using the menu
36185 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36186 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36191 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
36195 \begin_layout Description
36197 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
36202 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
36203 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
36206 \begin_layout Subsection
36211 \begin_layout Standard
36219 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36220 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
36225 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36226 name "Settings ! LaTeX"
36233 \begin_layout Description
36238 \begin_layout Standard
36246 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
36251 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
36273 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
36274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36286 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
36287 LyX sets up in the background.
36288 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
36291 \begin_layout Description
36292 Default\InsetSpace ~
36294 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
36299 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
36302 \begin_layout Description
36305 options\InsetSpace ~
36307 document\InsetSpace ~
36308 classes\InsetSpace ~
36309 changes Removes all manually set document
36310 class options in the
36312 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36315 dialog when changing the document class.
36318 \begin_layout Standard
36321 External Applications
36323 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
36324 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
36325 manuals of the applications.
36326 Currently the following commands can be set:
36329 \begin_layout Description
36334 \begin_layout Standard
36342 command Command for the program
36346 that is described in section
36357 \begin_layout Description
36362 \begin_layout Standard
36370 command Command for the program
36374 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
36376 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36377 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36384 \begin_layout Description
36386 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
36388 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36389 reference "sub:Index-Program"
36396 \begin_layout Description
36398 viewer\InsetSpace ~
36401 options They only have an effect when the program
36405 is used as DVI-viewer.
36408 \begin_layout Subsection
36410 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36416 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36417 name "Settings ! Paths"
36424 \begin_layout Standard
36429 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
36432 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
36434 uses the Windows path style:
36437 \begin_layout Standard
36445 \begin_layout Standard
36446 instead of the Unix path style:
36449 \begin_layout Standard
36453 \begin_layout Section
36455 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36463 \begin_layout Standard
36464 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
36465 from one format to another.
36466 You can modify them or create new ones.
36467 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
36481 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
36487 drop-down list, modify the
36491 field, and press the
36498 \begin_layout Standard
36501 Converter File Cache
36503 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
36506 Maximum Age (in days
36509 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
36510 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
36513 \begin_layout Standard
36514 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
36515 the converter definition, is described in section
36526 \begin_layout Section
36528 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36529 name "File formats"
36534 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36535 name "sec:File-Formats"
36542 \begin_layout Standard
36543 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
36544 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
36546 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
36563 \begin_layout Standard
36564 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
36565 is described in section
36576 \begin_layout Section
36578 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36586 \begin_layout Standard
36587 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
36588 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
36589 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
36590 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
36591 This is done by a Copier.
36594 \begin_layout Standard
36595 More about converters is described in section
36606 \begin_layout Chapter
36607 Units available in LyX
36608 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36614 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36615 name "cha:Units-available-in"
36622 \begin_layout Standard
36623 To understand the units described in this documentation,
36624 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36625 reference "cap:Units"
36629 explains all units available in LyX.
36632 \begin_layout Standard
36633 \begin_inset Float table
36639 \begin_layout Standard
36640 \begin_inset Caption
36642 \begin_layout Standard
36643 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36656 \begin_layout Standard
36657 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
36663 \begin_layout Standard
36665 \begin_inset Tabular
36666 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36668 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
36669 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
36670 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36674 \begin_layout Standard
36680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36683 \begin_layout Standard
36690 <row topline="true">
36691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36694 \begin_layout Standard
36700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36703 \begin_layout Standard
36710 <row topline="true">
36711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36714 \begin_layout Standard
36720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36723 \begin_layout Standard
36730 <row topline="true">
36731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36734 \begin_layout Standard
36740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36743 \begin_layout Standard
36750 <row topline="true">
36751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36754 \begin_layout Standard
36760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36763 \begin_layout Standard
36764 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36765 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36772 <row topline="true">
36773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36776 \begin_layout Standard
36782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36785 \begin_layout Standard
36786 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36787 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36794 <row topline="true">
36795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36798 \begin_layout Standard
36804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36807 \begin_layout Standard
36808 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36809 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36816 <row topline="true">
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Standard
36826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36829 \begin_layout Standard
36830 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36831 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36838 <row topline="true">
36839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36842 \begin_layout Standard
36848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36851 \begin_layout Standard
36852 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36854 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
36857 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36864 <row topline="true">
36865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36868 \begin_layout Standard
36874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36877 \begin_layout Standard
36878 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36879 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36886 <row topline="true">
36887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36890 \begin_layout Standard
36896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36899 \begin_layout Standard
36900 % of original image width
36906 <row topline="true">
36907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36910 \begin_layout Standard
36916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36919 \begin_layout Standard
36926 <row topline="true">
36927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36930 \begin_layout Standard
36936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36939 \begin_layout Standard
36946 <row topline="true">
36947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36950 \begin_layout Standard
36956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36959 \begin_layout Standard
36966 <row topline="true">
36967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36970 \begin_layout Standard
36976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36979 \begin_layout Standard
36986 <row topline="true">
36987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36990 \begin_layout Standard
36996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36999 \begin_layout Standard
37006 <row topline="true">
37007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37010 \begin_layout Standard
37016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37019 \begin_layout Standard
37026 <row topline="true">
37027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37030 \begin_layout Standard
37036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37039 \begin_layout Standard
37050 <row topline="true">
37051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37054 \begin_layout Standard
37060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37063 \begin_layout Standard
37074 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
37075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37078 \begin_layout Standard
37084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37087 \begin_layout Standard
37088 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37089 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37108 \begin_layout Chapter
37110 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
37118 \begin_layout Standard
37119 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
37120 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
37123 \begin_layout Itemize
37126 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
37129 \begin_layout Itemize
37135 \begin_layout Itemize
37141 \begin_layout Itemize
37147 \begin_layout Itemize
37153 \begin_layout Itemize
37159 \begin_layout Itemize
37165 \begin_layout Itemize
37171 \begin_layout Itemize
37174 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
37177 \begin_layout Itemize
37183 \begin_layout Itemize
37189 \begin_layout Itemize
37195 \begin_layout Itemize
37201 \begin_layout Itemize
37207 \begin_layout Itemize
37213 \begin_layout Itemize
37219 \begin_layout Itemize
37225 \begin_layout Itemize
37227 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
37235 \begin_layout Standard
37238 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
37245 \begin_layout Bibliography
37246 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37256 \begin_layout Standard
37260 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
37270 \begin_inset Note Note
37273 \begin_layout Standard
37280 is explained in the
37285 It creates a TOC entry.
37288 \begin_layout Standard
37289 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
37290 two different ones in one document.
37299 \begin_layout Standard
37303 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
37312 \begin_layout Standard
37320 \begin_inset Note Note
37323 \begin_layout Standard
37330 is explained in the
37335 It creates a hyperlink.
37343 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37344 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
37351 \begin_layout Bibliography
37352 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37353 key "latexcompanion"
37357 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
37359 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
37362 Addison-Wesley, 2004
37365 \begin_layout Bibliography
37366 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37371 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
37374 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
37377 Addison-Wesley, 2003
37380 \begin_layout Bibliography
37381 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37388 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
37391 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
37394 \begin_layout Bibliography
37395 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37407 Addison-Wesley, 1984
37410 \begin_layout Bibliography
37411 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37419 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37420 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
37427 \begin_layout Bibliography
37428 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37434 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37435 name "The LaTeX FAQ:"
37436 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
37443 \begin_layout Bibliography
37444 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37453 \begin_layout Standard
37457 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
37466 \begin_layout Standard
37480 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37481 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
37488 \begin_layout Bibliography
37489 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37498 \begin_layout Standard
37502 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
37511 \begin_layout Standard
37518 of the LaTeX-package
37523 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37524 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
37531 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37532 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
37539 \begin_layout Bibliography
37540 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37549 \begin_layout Standard
37553 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
37563 \begin_layout Standard
37570 of the LaTeX-package
37575 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37576 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
37583 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37584 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
37591 \begin_layout Bibliography
37592 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37601 \begin_layout Standard
37605 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
37615 \begin_layout Standard
37622 of the LaTeX-package
37627 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37628 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
37635 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37636 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf"
37643 \begin_layout Bibliography
37644 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37653 \begin_layout Standard
37657 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
37666 \begin_layout Standard
37673 of the LaTeX-package
37678 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37679 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
37686 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37687 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
37694 \begin_layout Bibliography
37695 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37704 \begin_layout Standard
37708 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
37717 \begin_layout Standard
37724 of the LaTeX-package
37729 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37730 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
37737 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37738 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
37745 \begin_layout Bibliography
37746 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37755 \begin_layout Standard
37759 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
37768 \begin_layout Standard
37775 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
37778 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37779 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
37786 \begin_layout Bibliography
37787 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37796 \begin_layout Standard
37800 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
37809 \begin_layout Standard
37816 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
37819 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37820 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
37827 \begin_layout Bibliography
37828 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37837 \begin_layout Standard
37841 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
37850 \begin_layout Standard
37857 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
37860 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37861 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
37868 \begin_layout Bibliography
37869 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37878 \begin_layout Standard
37882 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
37891 \begin_layout Standard
37898 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
37901 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37902 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
37909 \begin_layout Bibliography
37910 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37919 \begin_layout Standard
37923 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
37932 \begin_layout Standard
37939 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
37942 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37943 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
37950 \begin_layout Bibliography
37951 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37960 \begin_layout Standard
37964 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1}{
37973 \begin_layout Standard
37980 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
37983 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37984 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1"
37991 \begin_layout Standard
37995 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
37996 options "biblio/alphadin"
37997 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
38004 \begin_layout Standard
38005 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
38008 \begin_layout Standard
38012 \begin_layout Standard
38016 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
38026 \begin_inset Note Note
38029 \begin_layout Standard
38036 is explained in the
38041 It creates a TOC entry.
38044 \begin_layout Standard
38045 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
38046 two different ones in one document.
38054 \begin_layout Standard
38057 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
38062 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex